MicroStation For Advanced Users

D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
MicroStationV8iforAdvanced
Users
MicroStationV8i(SELECTseries3)
BentleyInstituteCourseGuide
TRN0122701/0004
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
MicroStation V8i for Advanced Users 2 Feb-13
Copyright 2013 Bentley Systems, Incorporated
TrademarkNotice
Bentleyandthe"B"Bentleylogoareeitherregisteredorunregisteredtrademarksor
servicemarksofBentleySystems,Incorporated.Allothermarksarethepropertyoftheir
respectiveowners.
AccuDraw,MDL,MicroStation,andSmartLineareregisteredtrademarks;PopSetand
RasterManageraretrademarks.
AutoCADisaregisteredtrademarkofAutodesk,Inc.
CopyrightNotice
Copyright2013,BentleySystems,Incorporated.AllRightsReserved.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 3 MicroStation V8i for Advanced Users
TableofContents
CourseOverview ____________________________________ 13
CourseDescription ____________________________________13
TargetAudience_______________________________________13
Prerequisites _________________________________________14
CourseObjectives _____________________________________14
IntroductoryKnowledge ________________________________15
Questions ________________________________________15
Answers__________________________________________15
WorkingwithCells __________________________________ 17
ModuleOverview _____________________________________17
ModulePrerequisites __________________________________17
ModuleObjectives_____________________________________17
Questions ________________________________________18
Answers__________________________________________18
CellLibraries _________________________________________18
SharedCells __________________________________________24
WhichCellsareListedintheCellLibraryDialog? _____________28
GroupingElements __________________________________ 29
ModuleOverview _____________________________________29
Questions ________________________________________30
Answers__________________________________________30
Levels _______________________________________________30
Creatingleveldefinitions ____________________________30
Symbology________________________________________32
Levelsinmultiplefiles_______________________________36
Levelimportandexport _____________________________36
Movingelementsbetweenlevels______________________37
Jumpingtolevels___________________________________37
Transparencyandpriority____________________________38
LevelFilters _______________________________________38
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Table of Contents
Stringexpressions __________________________________40
Integerexpressions_________________________________40
GraphicGroups _______________________________________41
Creatingagraphicgroup_____________________________41
Addingelementstoanexistinggraphicgroup____________41
Informationaboutgraphicgroups _____________________44
Droppingelementsfromagroup ______________________44
NamedGroups________________________________________44
Namedgroupsandgraphicgroups_____________________44
Membertypes_____________________________________45
Namedgrouphierarchies ____________________________48
Displaysets _______________________________________48
Quicksets_________________________________________49
Namedgroupsandreferences ________________________49
ComplexChainsandShapes _____________________________50
TheGroupCommand __________________________________50
CreatingCustomLineStyles ___________________________ 53
ModuleOverview _____________________________________53
Questions ________________________________________54
Answers__________________________________________54
StyleComponents _____________________________________54
CreatingaCustomLineStyle_____________________________56
Strokepatterns ____________________________________56
StrokePatternoptions ______________________________59
Pointsymbols _____________________________________60
Compoundcomponents _____________________________64
Usinganoriginandterminator________________________65
ManagingLineStyles ___________________________________67
AddthestylestoaDGNLIB___________________________67
Managingresourcestyles ____________________________67
ImportfromV7orAutoCAD __________________________67
Exportingstyles ____________________________________67
ModifyingLineStyles___________________________________68
Modifyinglinestyleattributes ________________________68
Changingdirection _________________________________69
Droplinestyles ____________________________________69
TipsandTricks ________________________________________69
WorkingwithTags __________________________________ 71
ModuleOverview _____________________________________71
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
TableofContents
Questions ________________________________________72
Answers__________________________________________72
CreatingandAttachingTags _____________________________72
Creatingtagssets __________________________________75
Definingtags ______________________________________75
Attachingtags _____________________________________77
Filewidetagdisplay ________________________________80
Changingtags _____________________________________80
Removingtags_____________________________________82
Reviewingtagdata _________________________________82
ReportingonTagData__________________________________82
Generatingreports _________________________________84
TagSetLibraries_______________________________________84
TagsandTitleBlocks ___________________________________85
Alternativemethodtopositionthetag _________________87
TagsandtitleblocksinProjectWise ____________________88
SelectingTags ________________________________________89
ModifyingCellswithTags _______________________________90
TagsandDatabases ____________________________________92
Tagtodatabase____________________________________92
Databasetotag____________________________________93
AdvancedAnnotationToolsandTechniques _____________ 95
ModuleOverview _____________________________________95
Questions ________________________________________96
Answers__________________________________________96
FeaturesintheWordProcessorTextEditor _________________96
Insertingtabsandindents ___________________________96
Insertingsymbols __________________________________99
InsertField________________________________________101
Subscript,andSuperscript ___________________________101
Changecase ______________________________________101
Insertingtextstringsderivedfromattributes ____________102
Fieldsandelements ________________________________104
Placeholdersforfutureinformation____________________104
UtilitiesintheTextStylesDialog__________________________105
Choosingthebestfont ______________________________105
Comparingtextstyles _______________________________106
Styleremappingtoupdatestylesautomatically __________106
LabelingCoordinatesAutomatically _______________________107
Labelingpointcoordinates ___________________________109
Exportingcoordinatevalues __________________________111
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Importingcoordinatesvalues _________________________112
Labelingelementcoordinates_________________________113
UtilitiesintheDimensionStylesDialog_____________________113
Addingadimensiondescription _______________________115
MaintainingDimensionAssociativity ______________________115
UsingAnnotationScale _______________________________119
ModuleOverview______________________________________119
ModulePrerequisites___________________________________119
Questions_________________________________________120
Answers __________________________________________120
HowDoesAnnotationScaleWork?________________________120
AnnotationScaleandText_______________________________120
Changestatusofexistingannotationelements__________123
AnnotationScaleand Tags_______________________________123
AnnotationScaleand Dimensions_________________________125
AnnotationScaleand Cells ______________________________126
Changingscale_____________________________________127
Identifyingannotationcells___________________________128
ModelBasedControl ___________________________________129
CreatingDynamicSheets _____________________________131
ModuleOverview______________________________________131
ModulePrerequisites _______________________________131
ModuleObjectives _________________________________131
Questions_________________________________________132
Answers __________________________________________132
CreatingDynamicSheets ________________________________132
UsingProjectExplorertoOrganizeData ____________________133
Creatinglinks ______________________________________133
DesignComposition____________________________________138
ViewComposition _____________________________________140
TheCreateDrawingdialog ___________________________142
SheetComposition_____________________________________143
MultiScaleDetailSheets ________________________________147
Scalingthedetails __________________________________147
Detailscaleoptions _________________________________148
Scalingthemodel __________________________________150
Referencesandactivemodelannotationscale ___________152
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
SingleandMultiSheetPrinting ________________________153
ModuleOverview______________________________________153
Questions_________________________________________154
Answers __________________________________________154
PrintingSingleSheets __________________________________154
ThePrintDialog _______________________________________154
Generalsettings ___________________________________155
Printerandpapersize _______________________________157
Printscaleandposition______________________________159
WorkingwithBorders __________________________________161
SendingDatatothePrinter ______________________________162
Createaprintfile___________________________________164
Usingaparallelport ________________________________164
Throughaparallelportwithoutcreatingaprintfile _______164
CreatePDFoutput__________________________________165
ManagingPrinterDrivers________________________________168
Windowsprinterdrivers _____________________________168
Bentleyprinterdrivers ______________________________168
ThePrinterDriverConfigurationeditor _________________169
PrintDefinitionFiles____________________________________173
Parameters _______________________________________174
Creatingaprintdefinitionfile_________________________175
PrintingSetsofFiles____________________________________175
PrintOrganizer ____________________________________176
Hierarchicalprintsets _______________________________176
Selectingdesignfilesandmodels ______________________177
PrintOrganizerandProjectExplorer ___________________177
Viewingaprintset__________________________________179
Selectingaprinter __________________________________180
PDFswithhierarchicalbookmarks _____________________183
OpeningJOBfiles___________________________________184
PrintStyles________________________________________184
WorkingwithPrintStyles ____________________________185
Editingdefinitionsusingaprintstyle ___________________185
PenTables ___________________________________________185
Creatingpentables _________________________________186
Textsubstitutions __________________________________186
Penmaps _________________________________________187
PenTableOptionsdialog ____________________________188
TheElementSelectionCriteriatab _____________________190
ElementOutputActionstab __________________________191
AutoCADCTBandSTBfiles ______________________________195
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
CustomizingtheUserInterface ________________________197
ModuleOverview______________________________________197
Question _________________________________________198
Answers __________________________________________198
EnforcingStandardswithElementTemplates _______________198
Creatingelementtemplates __________________________199
Assigningproperties ________________________________199
Workingwithelementtemplates ______________________201
Settingandlockingtemplates_________________________201
Updatingelementsusingtemplates ____________________203
PersonalDGNLibraries _________________________________203
CustomizingTasksandTools _____________________________205
Creatingtasks _____________________________________205
Creatingtasksandaddingtools _______________________207
Editingtasks_______________________________________208
Usetaskstodefineaworkflow________________________209
Includingtaskswithintasks___________________________209
MainTasks________________________________________210
Creatingtools _____________________________________210
Toolicons_________________________________________211
Generalsettingsforusertools ________________________212
Addingadvancedtools ______________________________212
Addingcustomtoolstotasks _________________________213
Applyanelementtemplatetoatool ___________________214
Managingtoolsettings ______________________________216
Additionaltoolproperties____________________________217
MigratingResources ___________________________________217
.Stgresources _____________________________________217
Importinganm01file _______________________________218
ReportingonCustomizations ____________________________219
ExportingandimportingcustomizationstoXML __________219
WorkingwithMenus ___________________________________219
Creatingmenus ____________________________________220
Addingtoolstoamenu______________________________221
Menuitems _______________________________________221
Contextmenus ____________________________________222
TipsandTricks ________________________________________225
DesignFileSettings __________________________________227
ModuleOverview______________________________________227
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Questions_________________________________________228
Answers __________________________________________228
SettingsSavedintheDesignFile __________________________228
Activeangleandactivescale _________________________228
AngleReadout _____________________________________229
Axis _____________________________________________230
Color ____________________________________________230
ElementAttributes _________________________________230
Fence,Locks,Snaps _________________________________231
Thegrid __________________________________________231
Isometric _________________________________________232
Stream ___________________________________________232
Views ____________________________________________233
WorkingUnits _____________________________________233
UserPreferences ______________________________________236
Settingpreferences _________________________________236
Managingpreferences ______________________________237
DataManagement __________________________________239
ModuleOverview______________________________________239
Questions_________________________________________240
Answers __________________________________________240
StandardsChecker _____________________________________240
Configuringsettings_________________________________241
Performingchecks__________________________________243
DimensionAudit ______________________________________244
Usingtheoptions __________________________________244
DataCleanup _________________________________________246
Generalsettings ___________________________________246
Findingoverlaps ___________________________________247
Findinggaps_______________________________________247
CompareDesignFilesGraphically _________________________250
MergingFiles _________________________________________250
FromMicroStation _________________________________250
Fromacommandprompt ____________________________251
Mergingreferences _________________________________252
FileFence ____________________________________________253
Copy/MoveFenceContentstoNewFile ________________253
Usingakeyin _____________________________________254
FileCompression ______________________________________255
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ManagingProjectData _______________________________257
ModuleOverview______________________________________257
Questions_________________________________________258
Answers __________________________________________258
HTMLAuthor _________________________________________258
CreatinganHTMLfilefromacelllibrary ________________258
CreateHTMLFiledialog _____________________________260
Designfilesavedviews ______________________________261
Basicmacros ______________________________________261
Designfilesnapshot ________________________________262
EngineeringLinks ______________________________________263
HTMLstatementstocontrolMicroStation_______________264
ProjectExplorer _______________________________________267
Exploringprojects __________________________________267
Linksets __________________________________________269
Documentlinks ____________________________________270
Linkingprojectfilestoelements _______________________270
Modellinkproperties _______________________________271
Validatinglinks ____________________________________272
Additionallinktypes ________________________________272
Configurationvariablelinks __________________________274
Publishingimodels ____________________________________275
MarkupsDialog _______________________________________277
ProtectingYourIntellectualProperty ___________________279
ModuleOverview______________________________________279
Questions_________________________________________280
Answers __________________________________________280
FileProtection ________________________________________280
Whatsthedifferencebetweendigitalrightsand
adigitalsignature? _________________________________280
RightsasDefinedinMicroStation _________________________281
EnablingFileProtection_________________________________282
Fileprotectionusingapassword ______________________283
Licensetypes ______________________________________285
Addingadditionallicenses____________________________287
Fileprotectionusingacertificate ______________________288
Protectingafilewithadigitalcertificate ________________290
Unencryptingfiles __________________________________291
Applicationcompliance______________________________291
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
DigitalSignatures ______________________________________292
Whatisinadigitalsignature?_________________________292
Creatingasignaturecelltosignfiles ___________________294
TheDigitalSignaturesdialog__________________________296
Signaturehierarchies________________________________297
Signaturehierarchiesandsignedreferences _____________297
Signaturesanddesignhistory _________________________298
MicroStationV8iforAdvancedUsersAssessment _________299
Questions: ________________________________________299
Answers: _________________________________________307
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 13 Course Overview
CourseOverview
CourseDescription
ThiscoursecoversmoreadvancedMicroStationfeaturesandconcepts.Itwillhelp
advancedusersbuildskillssuchasaddingdetailtoandextractinginformation
fromdesigns,groupingelementsandcreatingcustomelementstoenhance
productivity,andcreatingdynamicplotsheets.
Italsocoveradministrativetaskssuchascustomizingtheuserinterface,setting
DGNfilesettingsandprojectanddatamanagement.
TargetAudience
Thiscourseisrecommendedforthefollowingaudience:
ThosewhohaveexperienceusingMicroStationinaproduction2Ddrafting
environment.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Course Overview 14 Feb-13
Prerequisites
Prerequisites
KnowledgeaboutMicrosoftWindows
ForusersofMicroStationV8i
KnowledgeofbasicMicroStationcommandsandprocedures
KnowledgeaboutbasicMicroStationelementplacement,modification,and
viewingtools
KnowledgeofbasicMicroStation2Ddraftingtechniques
CourseObjectives
Aftercompletingthiscourse,youwillbeableto:
Groupelementsforincreasedproductivityusingdifferentmethods
Cretecustomelementstyles
Useannotationscaleandcreatemultiscaledetailsheets
Createcustomizedoutputandcontrolthatoutput
Usetagstoreportonprojectdata
Customizetheuserinterface
SetDGNfilesettings
Useutilitiestoverifytheaccuracyofdesigndata
Organizefrequentlyusedresources
Protectyourintellectualproperty
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 15 Course Overview
IntroductoryKnowledge
Questions
Beforeyoubeginthecourse,letsdefinewhatyoualreadyknow.
1 Howdoyoucreateanewdesignfile?
2 Howdoyoucreateamodel?
3 HowdoyouopentheViewAttributesdialog?
4 Howdoyoucreateacell?
5 Howdoyoucreateaselectionset?
6 Howdoyoucontrolthetypesoffilesthatarelistedinthefileopenandfile
savedialogs?
Answers
1 FrominsideMicroStation,selectFile>NeworclicktheNewiconinthe
Standardtoolbox.Selectthedesiredseedfileandprovideaname.From
theFileOpendialog,clicktheNewFileiconandfollowthepreceding
steps.
2 OpentheModelsdialogbyselectingFile>ModelsorclickingtheModels
toolinthePrimarytoobox.ThenclickCreateanewmodel.
3 ClicktheViewAttributestoolintheviewcontroltoolbox,clicktheBentley
BiconandselectViewAttributesorselectSettings>ViewAttributes.
4 SelectElement>Cellsandthenopenanexistingorcreateanewcell
library.Selectthegeometrythatwillmakeupthecellandidentifyan
originusingPlaceCellOrigin.ThenclickCreateintheCellLibrarydialog.
YoucanalsocreatecellgeometryinseparatemodelsinaDGNfile.Thisfile
canthenbeopenedasacelllibrary.
5 SelecttheElementSelectiontool,setthetoolsettingsandusethe
appropriatemodeto identifytheelementsyouwanttoinclude.
6 Selectthedesiredfiletype,orAllFiles(*.*)fromtheFilesoftypeoptions.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Course Overview 16 Feb-13
Introductory Knowledge
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 17 Working with Cells
WorkingwithCells
ModuleOverview
Cellscanrepresentcomplexelementsthatyouuseregularlyinyourdesigns.
Ratherthanredraweachcomponentofthewholeelementeachtime,youcan
savethemtogetherandstoretheminalibrarytorecallforrepeateduse.This
modulediscusseshowtocreateandmaintaincells.
ModulePrerequisites
KnowledgeofbasicMicroStationtools
Knowledgeaboutmodels
Knowledgeaboutcellplacement
ModuleObjectives
Aftercompletingthismodule,youwillbeableto:
Createacelllibrary
Createandeditcells
Importmodelsthatholdcellgeometry
Accessthecellsthatyouneed
Createacellindex
CreateanHTMLpagefromacelllibrary
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Working with Cells 18 Feb-13
Beforeyoubeginthismodule,let'sdefinewhatyoualreadyknow.
Questions
1 Whatisamodel?
2 Howdoyouopenone?
3 Whatisthepurposeofacell?
Answers
1 Amodelhasitsownsetofeightviewsandservesasacontainerfor
geometry.The2D/3Doptionsletyousetwhetherthedesignmodelis2D
or3D.
2 DoubleclickitintheModelsdialog,orifaviewgroupwascreatedselectit
intheviewgroupsdialog.
3 Cellscanrepresentcomplexelementsthatyouuseregularlyinyour
designs.
CellLibraries
CelllibrariesarereallyDGNfilesthatcontainoneormoremodels,onecontaining
thegeometryforeachcell.Thecellsaresimplydesignmodelsthathavethe
optionCanbeplacedasacellchecked.Cellscreatedinthisfashionhavethe
modelsoriginastheirorigin.Therecanbe2Dand3Dcellsinthesamelibrary,just
astherecanbe2Dand3DmodelsinoneDGNfile.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
CellLibraries
Namingconventions
Becauseofthefileformatthereisnolimittothesizeofacelllibraryorthe
individualcellsinit.Cellnamesanddescriptionsareonlylimitedbythemaximum
characterstringpermittedbyanoperatingsystem.Consideringthis,developinga
standardnamingconventionforcellsandlibraries,sonamesremainrealistic,is
recommended.
Workingunits
Thesearetherealworldunitsthatthedesignplaneisconfiguredtouse.You
shouldconsidertheworkingunitsthatyouuseforyourmodelswhencreating
cells.Youmaywanttocreateyourcellsusingthesameunitsthatyouuseinyour
models.However,theTrueScaleoption,locatedinthecellplacementtool
settings,letsMicroStationscalecellscreatedinoneunitofmeasurement(Metric)
beplacedinadesignwithdifferentunits(English).
Acellthatwascreatedat1meterwidecanbeplacedinafilewithfeetasmaster
units,andwithTrueScaleenabled,itwillmeasure3.2808feet.TrueScalealigns
theunitsinthecelltotheunitsinthedesign.Thismeansyoucandefinecellswith
differentworkingunitsinthesamelibrary.IfthecellsareplacedwithTrueScale
enabled,theywillbethecorrectsizeregardlessofDGNfileunits.
WorkingunitsaresetintheSettings>DesignFiledialog,intheWorkingUnits
category.Or,intheSettings>DrawingScaledialog.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Cell Libraries
Openingalibrarytocreateormodifycells
OpenacelllibraryjustlikeaDGNfile.Toaccessthegeometryofindividualcells
youopenthe,File>Models,Modelsdialog.Thisdialogisusedtocreate,manage
andswitchbetweendifferentmodelsintheopenDGNfile.Inthedialog,double
clickthemodelthatcontainsaspecificcellsgeometrytoopenit.
Whenacelllibraryisattached,rightclickonacellintheCellLibrarydialogand
selectOpenforEditingfromthepopupmenutodirectlyopenthemodelthat
containsthegeometry.
Attachingcells
AttachallthecelllibrariesthatarecontainedinafolderbyselectingFile>Attach
FolderintheCellLibrarydialog.YoucanattachV7DGNfiles,3DStudio(.3DS),or
DXFfilesascells.
Exercise:Createacelllibraryandmodifycellelements
Note:ExerciseWorkflow:
1 SetthefollowingintheFileopendialog:
User:examples
Project:Geospatial
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
CellLibraries
2 NavigatetotheGeospatialprojects\dgnlibfolder,createanewDGNLIB
namedlandmarks.dgnlib,andopenthefile.
Note:SetFilesofTypetoAllFiles(*.*)atthebottomofthedialog.
3 OpentheModelsdialogandclicktheImportModelstool.
4 NavigatetotheGeospatialprojects\cellfolder,changingFilesoftypeto
AllFiles(*.*),selectGeospatial.CEL,andclickOpen.
5 SelectthefollowingmodelsusingtheCtrlkey,andthenclickOK(clickthe
Namecolumnheadertosortalphabeticallybyname):
ART
CHURCH
CITY
COLLEG
LIBRAR
MUSEUM
SHOP
6 OpentheSHOPmodel.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Cell Libraries
7 SelecttheElementSelectiontoolandclicktheSelectAllicontoselectall
theelementsinthemodel.
8 IntheAttributestoolbox,changetheircolorto240,andthenreleasethe
selectionset.
9 ChangethegeometryintheCHURCHmodeltocolor48(yellow)andthe
geometryintheARTmodeltocolor176(darkblue).
Youmakechangestothecellelementsjustlikeanyotherelements.
Exercise:Updateexistingcells
1 Open\dgn\BSI200D03PublicWorks.dgn.
2 OpentheLandmarksmodelifitisnotalreadyopen.
3 Windowaroundtheareashown,andlookforMarketPlaza.
4 SelectElement>Cells.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
CellLibraries
5 IntheCellLibrarydialog,unchecktheDisplayAllCellsinPathcheckbox.
6 Attach\dgnlib\landmarks.dgnlibandclosethedialog.
7 SelecttheReplaceCellstoolfromtheDrawingtasksintheTasksdialog
withthefollowingtoolsettings:
Method:Update
Mode:Single
8 Followingthestatusbarprompt,enteradatapointontheSHOPcellat
MarketPlaza.
Thecellupdatestothenewsymbology.
9 ChangetheModetoGlobalinthetoolsettings.
10 EnteradatapointonaCHURCHcellandclickYesintheAlertthatreminds
youthatyouareupdatingallofthesecellsinthemodel.
Thecellsareeasilyupdatedtothenewsymbology.
11 UpdatetheARTcells.
Howmanywereupdated?
12 SelectFile>SaveSettings.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Shared Cells
SharedCells
AsharedcellisacellwhoseelementsarestoredonlyonceinaDGNfile,
regardlessofhowoftenthecellisplaced.Additionalinstancesofthecellrefer
backtotheoriginalfortheirattributes.
Toplaceone,checktheUseSharedCellscheckboxintheCellLibrarydialog.You
mustcheckthistoseesharedcellsinthelistinthedialog,butthecells
themselvesarevisibleinthedesign.
ThefirsttimeyouplaceacellwithUseSharedCellschecked,thesharedcell
definition,whichstorestheelementscomprisingthecell,isstoredintheDGNfile
inmuchthesamewayasitisstoredinthecelllibrary.Asharedcellcanhave
manyinstancesinaDGN,butonlyonedefinition.
Thecelllibrarydoesnotneedtobeattachedtoplacesubsequentinstancesofa
sharedcell.WhenasharedcellinstanceischangedusingtheReplaceCellstool,
allinstancesofthecellarechanged.Itisnotnecessarytoknowwheretheshared
celldefinitionisintheDGNfile;identifyinganyinstanceofthesharedcell
identifiestheactualdefinition.
Foranunsharedcell,thelibrarydefinitionisstoredintheDGNfileeachtimethe
cellisplaced.UsingsharedcellsisawaytoreduceDGNfilesize.Thereductionis
greatestinfileswithcellsthathavealargenumberofcomponentsinthemor
therearemanyinstancesofthesamecell.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
SharedCells
Exercise:Placeasharedcellinstance
Note:ExerciseWorkflow:
1 ContinuinginBSI200D03PublicWorks.dgn,selectPlaceActiveCell,and
thenclickthemagnifyingglassnexttotheActiveCellfieldifyouhave
closedtheCellLibrarydialog.
2 DoubleclicktheARTcellintheCellLibrarydialog,andchecktheUse
Sharedcellscheckbox.
Inthetoolsettings,theXandYScalearesetcorrectlyforthiscell.
3 Placeoneofthecellsinthemodelandreset.
4 Movethepointeroverthecell.
Thepopupinformationindicatesitisasharedcell.
Exercise:Openacellsmodelandedititsgeometry
1 UnchecktheUseSharedCellsinCellLibrarydialog,thenrightclickthe
ARTcellintheCellLibrarydialogandselectOpenforEditing.
Youaredirectedtothemodelcontainingthecell.
2 Selectallofthegeometryandchangeitscolorto144(cyan).
3 Cleartheselectionset.
4 ClickPreviousModeltoreturntoBSI200D03PublicWorks.dgn.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Shared Cells
Exercise:Updatecellsinthefile
1 IntheCellLibrarydialog,selectFile>Detachanddetach
landmarks.dgnlib.
WiththeDisplayAllCellsinPathcheckboxuncheckedandchecktheUse
SharedCellscheckboxcheckedyouseetheARTcelldefinitionstoredin
theDGN,eventhoughthereisnocelllibraryattached.
2 RightclickthecellnameintheCellLibrarydialogandnotethatyoucannot
openforediting.
Thisdefinitionisnotfromalibrary,soyoucannoteditit.
3 PlaceanotheroneoftheARTcellssotherearetwosharedcellspresent.
4 ReattachLandmarks.dgnlibasacelllibrary.
5 SelecttheReplaceCellstoolfromtheTasksdialogwiththefollowingtool
settings:
Method:Update
Mode:Global
6 NowclickonthePeterboroughArtGallerycell.
Itupdates,butthesharedcellswhosedefinitionisstoredintheDGNdo
not.
7 WithReplaceCellsstillactive,clickthesharedcell.
Nowtheychange.YouveupdatedtheirdefinitionintheDGN.
8 SelectFile>Close.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
SharedCells
Theuseofsharedcellsisrecommendedforthefollowingreasons:
Sharedcellsarefastertoplaceandmanipulatethanunsharedcells.Thefirst
timeacellisplacedintheDGNfile,thecelllibraryinwhichitisstoredmust
beattached.Ifthecellisplacedasasharedcell,itisnotnecessarytohavethe
celllibraryattachedtoplaceadditionalinstancesofthatcell.
AllinstancesofasharedcellintheDGNfilearereplacedwhenanyinstanceof
thatsharedcellisreplaced.
Sharedcellscanbeassociatedwithpointsonotherelements,ifAssociation
Lock(Settings>Locks>Association)ison.Forexample,ifashareddoorcellis
placedinawallandassociatedwiththatwall,thedoorwillautomatically
moveifthewallismoved.
Leftwallwithsharedcelldoorsymbol,middleselectwallsonly,rightsharedcellmoveswithwall
SharedcellsusuallyreduceDGNfilesize,therebyimprovingperformance.
Note: NotethattheDWGworkmodesupportsonlysharedcellsasthesearethecell
typeusedinAutoCAD.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Which Cells are Listed in the Cell Library Dialog?
WhichCellsareListedintheCellLibraryDialog?
TheDisplayAllCellsInPathcheckboxdetermineswhichcellsyouseelistedinthe
CelllibraryDialog.Ifcheckedyouwillseeallthecellsdefinedbyaconfiguration
variablenamedMS_CELLLIST.ThisvariabletellsMicroStationwheretosearchfor
cellsthatarenotinthecurrentcelllibrary.Checkwithyouradministrator
regardingtheoption.
IfthisoptionischeckedandUseSharedCellsisunchecked,thecellslistedare
normalcellsfromthecelllibrariesspecifiedbytheMS_CELLLISTconfiguration
variable,thennormalcellslistedinthedirectoryspecifiedbytheMS_BLOCKLIST
configurationvariable.
IfthisischeckedandUseSharedCellsisalsochecked,youseesharedcellsinthe
openDGNfilefirst,sharedcellsintheattachedcelllibrary,cellsinthecelllibraries
listedinMS_CELLLIST,andcellsinthedirectorylistedinMS_BLOCKLIST.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 29 Grouping Elements
GroupingElements
ModuleOverview
Creatingacellisamorepermanentwaytoassociateanumberofelements.
Sometimestherearedifferentreasonsforgroupingelements,sootheroptions
shouldbeconsidered.Thismodulediscussesmoreflexiblemethodsforgrouping
elements.
ModulePrerequisites
KnowledgeofbasicMicroStationelementplacement,modification,and
viewingtools
ModuleObjectives
Workwithlevels
Workwithgraphicgroups
Workwithnamedgroups
Workwithcomplexchainsandshapes
Workwithplaingroups
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Grouping Elements 30 Feb-13
Questions
1 Whatisalevel?
2 Whatfunctiondolocksperform?
3 Whatisahierarchy?
4 Whatarecomplexelements,suchascells?
Answers
1 Itislikeatransparentoverlay.Levelsmakeiteasiertosee,andworkwith,
differentaspectsofadesign.
2 Locksaresettingsthatletyoucontroltheactionsofvarioustools.
3 Ahierarchyisasystemofthingsrankedoneaboveanother.Aparent/child
relationship.
4 Acomplexelementiscreatedbycombiningseveralprimitiveelements.
Levels
Youcangroupelementsbyorganizingdataonlogicallynamedlevels.Thedisplay
ofelementsresidingonparticularlevelscanbetoggledtoshowonlythe
informationthatyouwanttoview,orwithwhichyouwanttowork.
Creatingleveldefinitions
Youcancreateanunlimitednumberofnamedleveldefinitions.Whenalevelis
created,alevelelementiscreatedintheDGNfile.
Eachleveldefinitionconsistsofthefollowingproperties:
Anameupto512characterslong
ByLevelsymbology(color,weight,linestyle,etc.),whichisstoredwiththe
levelandisappliedtoelementswhentheyareplacedonthatlevel
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Levels
Overridesymbology,whichisasecondsetofsymbologythatisstoredwith
thelevel
Levelscanbestoredindesignlibraries,providingsupportfordesignstandards
enforcement.ItismostefficienttodefineandsavealevelstructureinaDGN
librarybeforeusersbeginwork.Itiseasiesttomapoutalltoplevelgroupsbefore
definingthelevelstructure.Whenyoucreateyourownlevelstructure,create
individuallevelsandgroupthemhierarchicallyforeasymaintenance.
Hint:AvarietyofsamplelevelstructuresaredeliveredinMicroStationsexamplefiles.
Userscanupdateleveldefinitionstomakesuretheymatchalibrarydefinitionby
rightclickingthelevelnameintheLevelManagerdialogandselectingUpdate
Levelsfromthepopupmenu.Allselectedlevelsareupdatedtomatchthesource
definition.
Note: LevelnamesandgroupsaresettingsthatmustbesavedbyselectingFile>Save
Settings.Ifyoudonotsavesettings,thelevelstructureislostwhenyouclose
theDGNfile.
TheLevelManager
Thisisthetoolusedtocreateandmaintainleveldefinitions.Openthedialogby
selectingSettings>Level>ManagerorclicktheLevelManagertoolinthe
Primarytoolstoolbox.
Attributesarelistedincolumns.
Thefirstcolumn,Modified,indicateswhetherthelevelsattributesare
consistentwiththoseinalibraryorreference.Abulletappearsifoneormore
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Levels
oftheactivefileslevelattributesorpropertiesdifferfromthelibrarysource
level.Popupinformationlistingtheattributeorpropertythatisoutofsynch
appearswhenthepointerisoverthebullet.TheModifiedcolumnalso
indicatesifareferenceattachmentlevelisoutofsyncwiththeattachments
source.
Thenextthreecolumns,Color,Style,andWeightshowthesymbology
assignedtothelevel.SelectByLevelorOverridesfromtheSymbologyoptions
abovetheNamecolumntoseethatsymbology.
TheUsedcolumncontainsadotifthelevelisinuseinthecurrentdesign.You
cannotdeletealevelifitisinuse.However,thekeyinLEVELPURGEletsyou
deletealevelthatcontainselements.ElementsaremovedtotheDefaultlevel
unlessadestinationlevelisspecified.
ThePrioritycolumn,offbydefault,setsthedisplaypriorityofelementsonthe
level.Thosewithahigherprioritydisplayinfront.
Note:Toseeanycolumnthatisoff,rightclickacolumnheadingandcheckthe
entryinthepopupmenu.
TheTransparencycolumn,alsooffbydefault,letsyouassigntransparencyfor
elementsonthelevel.Elementswiththelowesttransparencyareopaque.
TheFilecolumn,alsooffbydefault,showsthefileinwhichtheleveldefinition
isfound.Thisisusefulwhentryingtodeterminewherealeveldefinitionis
stored.Youcanalsoseethefileinwhichalevelisstoredinthetargettree
(upperportion)oftheLevelDisplaydialog.
Symbology
Elementscanbeplacedwithsymbologysettingsinheritedfromthelevelonwhich
theyareplaced.ThisiscalledByLevelsymbology.Theseareappearanceattributes
definedintheLevelManagerdialog.Theyareappliedtoanelementatplacement
timeiftheattributesvalueissettoByLevelintheAttributestoolbox.Symbology
thatcanbecontrolledusingByLevelincludescolor,styleandweight.AutoCAD
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Levels
userswillrecognizethiscapabilityasbeingthesameastheByLayerattribute
value.ThisfeatureallowsforacloseworkingrelationshipbetweenDWGandDGN
files.
Color,Style,andWeightsettoByLevel
IftheByLevelsymbologydefinitionsforalevelarelaterchanged,anyelementson
thelevelthathavebeenplacedwiththeByLevelattributewilldynamicallyreflect
thechanges.
Allelementsonalevelcanbedisplayedwithanalternatesetofsymbologyby
settingtheSymbologyoptiontoOverridesinthelevelManagerdialog.Level
OverridesmustalsobeenabledintheViewAttributesdialogfortheoverride
symbologytodisplay.Bydefault,levelsarecreatedwithoverridesenabledandset
tocolor0,style0andweight0.Overridescanbemodifiedbysettingthe
SymbologyoptiontoOverrideandthenselectingthedesiredsymbology.
TheByLeveldisplayofanelementcannotbeturnedoffbecauseitisanelement
attribute,notaviewattribute.Displaycanbealteredbychangingtheelement
attributestosomethingotherthanByLevelorbyusingOverridestotemporarily
changethedisplaytotheoverridesymbology.
Exercise:Createanewlevelandassignsymbology
1 SetthefollowingintheFileOpendialog:
Project:Civil
2 Moveuponeleveltothe\dgnlibfolderandopencivil.dgnlib.
3 OpentheLevelManager.
4 ClicktheNewLevelicon,namethelevelPlanMarkups,andsetthe
followingattributes:
Color:3
Style:0
Weight:1
Priority:300
5 IntheLevelManager,changetheSymbologyoptiontoOverrides.
6 Setthefollowingattributes:
Color:5
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Levels
Weight:2
Exercise:Usethedifferentsymbologies
1 Open\dgn\BSI400Sheets.dgnintheCivilproject.
2 IntheAttributestoolbox,makePlanMarkupstheactivelevelandmake
surethatcolor,styleandweightaresettoByLevel.
YouseetheByLevelsymbologyyouassigned.
3 SelectPlaceTextfromtheTasksdialogwiththefollowingtoolsettings:
Method:ByOrigin
TextStyle:1/4in
4 Typethefollowinginthetexteditor:MakesureByLevelisoninText
Editor.
AddsectionSTA10+00toSTA24+00
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Levels
5 Placethetextonthesheetunderthedetail.
ThetextshowstheByLevelsymbologyinthetexteditor,buttheoverride
symbologyinthedesign.
6 OpentheViewAttributesdialog.
7 ClicktheLevelOverridesicon,toturnoffLevelOverrides.
Thetextisnowred,theByLevelsymbology.
Exercise:Modifyalevelssymbology
1 ContinuinginBSI400Sheets.dgn,intheLevelManager,setSymbologyto
ByLevelandchangethecolorofthelevelPlanMarkupsto6.
Thetextchangescolor.AdotappearsintheModifiedcolumn.Thefieldis
populatedifoneormoreofthelevelattributesdiffersfromthesource
fromwhichthelevelisbeingread.ThesourcecouldbeeitheraDGN
libraryoralevelinareferencefile.
2 Movethepointeroverthebullettoseethepopupinformation.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Levels
Levelsinmultiplefiles
Referencesarelistedinahierarchytreeunderthemasterfileintheleftpane
oftheLevelManagerdialog.Rightclickonareferencenametoopenamenu
fromwhichyoucanopentheReferencesdialog(OpenDialog)orperform
functions,suchascontrollingreferenceleveldisplayordetachingareference.
Youcanselectmultiplefilesintheleftpaneandchangesymbologyforlevels
thatexistinthosefiles,aslongastheleveldoesnotcomefromalibrary.The
wayreferencelevelsappearinthemasterfilestaysthesameifattributesare
changedinthesourcefile.
AddingtheFilecolumntotheLevelmanagermakesiteasytoseethenameof
thefilewherealeveldefinitionexists.AddingtheLibrarycolumnmakesit
easytoseewhetheralevelssourceisalibrary.
TheLibrarycolumnshowsthatonlytheDefaultlevelssourceisthecurrentfile
TheFilecolumnshowsthatthefirst4levelsareusedinthecurrentfile
Rightclickingalevelnameintherightpaneopensapopupmenuthatlets
youcut,copy,andpastelevels.Thecopyfunctioncanbeusedtocopylevel
definitionsbetweenamasterfileandattachedreferences.
Levelimportandexport
Ifyouwanttoaddexistinglevelsfromotherfiles,selectLevel>Importinthe
LevelManager.IntheLevel/FilterImportdialog,youcanselectspecificlevelsyou
wanttoaddtoasource.Theleveldefinitionisimporteddirectlyintothefile.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Levels
Importlevelsfrom.dgn,.dgnlib,.csv,.dwgand.dxffiles.SelectLevel>
Exporttoexportlevelstoanotherfile.
Movingelementsbetweenlevels
RightclickonalevelnameintherightpaneoftheLevelManagerdialogand
selectRemapElementstomoveelementsfromonelevel,orseverallevels,toa
differentlevel.
Whenyouselectthemenuitem,theRemapElementstoLeveldialogappearsso
youcanmakethechange.Theselectedlevelsarelistedasthesource.Selectthe
destinationlevelforelementsthatareonthesourcelevelsfromtheDestination
optionlist.
RemappingalevelselementstothePlanDimensionslevel
Jumpingtolevels
RightclickonalevelnameintherightpaneoftheLevelManagerdialogand
selectJumptoActiveLevelsotheactivelevelmovestothetopofthelevellist.
Thisisusefulwhenworkingwithalargenumberoflevelsbecauseyoudonthave
toscrollthroughthelevellisttofindtheactivelevel.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Levels
Transparencyandpriority
Settransparencyorprioritysoelementsobscuredbyotherelementscanbeseen.
Exercise:Assignpriorityandtransparency
1 ContinuinginBSI400Sheets.dgn,makeDefaulttheactivelevel.
2 SelectthePlaceBlocktoolwiththefollowingtoolsettings:
Method:Orthogonal
Area:Solid
FillType:Opaque
3 Placeablockaroundthetextyouplacedpreviously.
Thetextappearsinfrontoftheblock,eventhoughyoujustplacedit.The
texthasapriorityof300andwillalwaysappearinfrontofelements
placedwithlowerpriority.
4 AddtheTransparencycolumntothelevelManagerdialogandchangethe
Defaultlevelstransparencyto50.
Theblockisnowsemitransparent.
Note:TransparencymustbeenabledintheViewAttributesdialogforthisto
display.IftransparencyhasnotbeenenabledintheViewAttributes
dialog,openthedialogandclicktheTransparencyicon.
LevelFilters
Onepossibleissuewithallowingforavirtuallyinfinitenumberofleveldefinitions
isthatyouwillhavetomanagehundredsorthousandsoflevelsinanyproject.
Levelfiltersprovideawayoforganizingyourleveldefinitionsintosetsoflevels
basedonavarietyofcriteria.
Levelfiltersletyounarrowthenumberoflevelstoaspecifiedfewthatonly
pertaintotheareasofinterestthatyouwanttoexamine.Agoodwaytodevelop
ideallevelfiltersistohavethembaseduponestablishedcompanystandards.
Youcancreateahierarchicallevelfilteringstructuresothatyouhaveaparent/
childrelationship.Thehierarchicalfilteringstructureletsyougettoaspecifica
numberoflevelsquicklyandeasily.Ifyouhaveafirsttierlevelfilterwhichwould
beconsideredaparentfilter,therestillmaybealotoflevelslistedandfurther
filteringmaybeneededtonarrowdownthelevelsyouwanttosee.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Levels
Exercise:Createalevelfilter
1 ContinuinginBSI400Sheets.dgn,intheleftpaneoftheLevelManager,
rightclickFiltersandselectNew.
2 NamethenewfilterAnnotations.
3 ClickintheyellowfieldatthetopoftheNamecolumn,typethefollowing,
andthenpressEnter:
Text
Theresultisalistoflevelsthatcontainthewordtext,buttherearealotof
them.
4 RightclicktheAnnotationfiler,selectNew>Filterandnamethefilter
Drainageannotations.
5 ClickintheyellowfieldatthetopoftheNamecolumn,typetheword
Drainage,andthenpressEnter.
Nowyouonlyseelevelsthatcontaintextrelatedtodrainage.
6 Clickinthefilterscolorfield,type1,andthenpressEnter.
Usingexpressions
Filtersusedifferentexpressiontypesdependingonthecolumninwhichthe
expressionisinput.Therearethreebasicformsofexpressions;string,integerand
Boolean.Asyntaxisprovidedtofilterattributeswithwildcards(i.e.,*,?),similar
toWindowsExplorersearchcriteria.Inaddition,setbasedoperationssuchas|
(or),&(and),and(minus)havebeenadded.Stringexpressionsareappliedto
stringvalues.IntegerandBooleanvaluesuseintegerandBooleanexpressions.A
shortdescriptionofeachfollows.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Levels
Stringexpressions
ThestringexpressionformatissimilartotheformatsupportedintheWindows
Explorer'sSearchdialog.Inaddition,setbasedoperationssuchas|(or),&(and),
and(minus)havebeenadded.StringexpressionsarevalidfortheName,
Description,File,andLogicalcolumnsintheLevelManagerdialog.Thefollowing
tablecontainsexamplesofstringexpressions.
Integerexpressions
Integerexpressionsareappliedtointegernumbers,forexample,1,10,1520.
Thecomparisonoperators>,>=,<,<=,and!=arealsosupportedoninteger
expressions.IntegerexpressionsarevalidfortheNumber,Color,Style,Weight
andElementsintheLevelManagerdialog.Thefollowingtableshowsexamplesof
integerexpressions.
StringExpression MatchesString(s)
lev withsubstringlev
lev Exactstringlev
*1 Endingwith1
lev* Startingwithlev
1|2 Withcharacter1or2
1&2 Withcharacters1and2
12 Withcharacter1butnot2
*1|*2|*3 Endingwith1,2or3
((1|2)3) Withcharacter1or2,butnot
3
level1|level2 level1orlevel2,exactly
IntegerExpression MatchesIntegerValue(s)
1,10 1and10
10,1520 10and15,16,17,18,19and20
<20 Lessthan20
<=20 Lessthanorequalto20
>10,<20 Greaterthan10andlessthan20
>10,<20,!=15 Greaterthan10andlessthan20,
butnot15
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
GraphicGroups
Booleanexpressions
Booleanexpressionsareappliedtocheckboxes.Booleanexpressionscantakea
valueof0(off)or1(on).BooleanexpressionsarevalidfortheGlobal,Lock,Used,
andLibraryintheLevelManagerdialog.
Inthenextexercise,youwillsetuplevelfilterstoallowyoutosortthroughalong
listoflevelsthatarepresentinthefile.Thelevelsthatarelistedincludelevelsfor
theArchitecture,Civil,ElectricalEquipment,FireProtection,General,
Geotechnical,Interior,Landscape,Mechanical,Plumbing,Structural,Surveyor
andTelecommunicationsdisciplines.
GraphicGroups
Graphicgroupsareaquickmethodforgroupingelements.Withoutbreakingup
thegroupingyoucanadd,remove,ormanipulateindividualmemberelements.In
allotherrespects,theelementsthatcompriseagraphicgrouparelikeanyother
elementsintheDGNfile.Thedistinctiononlybecomesapparentwhenthe
graphicgrouplockisenabled.
WhentheGraphicGrouplockisenabled,ifyouselectCopyandidentifyan
elementinagraphicgroup,allelementsinthegraphicgroupwillbecopied.
WhenGraphicGrouplockisdisabled,theCopytoolonlyaffectstheidentified
element.TheGraphicGrouplockmustbeonforthegrouprelationshiptobe
respected.
Note: Copy,Delete,andMovemanipulateallelementsinagraphicgroupwhether
theyaredisplayedornot.Cautionshouldbeusedtoassurethatyouknow
whichelementsbelongtoagraphicgroup.
Creatingagraphicgroup
TheAddtoGraphicGrouptooladdselementstoanewgraphicgrouportoan
existinggraphicgroupandcanbeusedtocombinegraphicgroups.
Addingelementstoanexistinggraphicgroup
Toaddelementstoanexistinggraphicgroup,selectanelementthatbelongsto
thegroupfirst,theneachsucceedingelementthatwillbeaddedtothegroup.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Graphic Groups
Tocreateanewgraphicgroupthathasaname,selecttheAddtoGraphicGroup
toolandclicktheCreateNewNamedGroupicon.Namethegroupandthenselect
theelements.
YoucanalsogrouptheelementsfirstusingElementSelectionandthencreatea
graphicgroup.
Thegraphicgrouplock
YoucanaccessthegraphicgrouplockbyselectingSettings>Locks>Graphic
GrouporclicktheActiveLocksiconinthestatusbarandselectitfromthemenu.
Exercise:Createagraphicgroup
1 Open\dgn\BSI400W01Survey.dgn.
2 ClicktheDropElementtoolintheMaintoolboxandopentheGroups
toolbox.
3 ZoomIntothecenterofthedesign.
4 SelecttheElementSelectiontoolanduseittoselectalltheelementsthat
makeuponeoftheparkinglots.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
GraphicGroups
5 SelectAddtoGraphicGroupfromtheGroupstoolbox,withthefollowing
toolsettings:
NamedGroup:checkedandthenclicktheCreatenewNamedGroupicon
totherightoftheoptionlist
6 TypeParkingLotintheCreateNamedGroupdialogsNamefield.
7 ClickOK.
8 Enteradatapointintheview.
9 ClickClearintheElementSelectiontoolsettingstoreleasetheselection
set.
Exercise:Checkthegrouping
1 ContinuinginBSI400W01Survey.dgn,selecttheMovetoolandmoveone
oftheelementsyougrouped.
Theelementmoves.Resettoreleaseit.
Hint:Ifyouactuallymoveelementsduringtheexercise,useUndo.
2 Inthestatusbar,clickthelockiconandclicktheGraphicGrouplock.
3 SelecttheMovetoolandmoveoneoftheelementsyougrouped.
Allelementsmakinguptheparkinglotwillnowmove.
4 SelecttheElementSelectiontool,movethepointeroveroneofthe
elementsyougroupedandnotethepopupinformation.
Youcanseethatitisinanamedgraphicgroup(Groups=ParkingLot).
Note: NotallMicroStationtoolsrespectgraphicgrouplock.Graphicgroupsare
ignoredwhenyouuseElementSelectiontoselectanelementfor
manipulation.
YoucanalsojointwographicgroupstogetherusingtheAddtoGraphicGroup
tool.Byselectingelementsthatbelongtotwodifferentgraphicgroups,youadd
theelementsfromthesecondgrouptothefirst.Theidentityofthesecond
graphicgroupceasestoexist,asanelementcanbelongtoonlyonegraphicgroup
atatime.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Named Groups
Informationaboutgraphicgroups
Thereareseveralwaystotellwhetheranelementbelongstoagraphicgroup.
OnewayistouseElementInformation.Selectanelement,orelements,andopen
theElementInformationdialog(PrimaryToolstoolbox).TheGroupstabwillbe
availableandyoucanseethegraphicgroupname.
WhentheGraphicGrouplockison,AccuSnapspopupinformationalsoindicates
whetheranelementispartofagraphicgroupandshowsthegroupname.
Droppingelementsfromagroup
YoucanbreakupagraphicgroupusingDropFromGraphicGrouptoreturnallof
theelementstoungroupedstatus.Ifthegraphicgrouplockisonwhenselecting
thegroupyouwanttodrop,allelementsareungrouped.Ifthegraphicgrouplock
isoff,onlytheselectedelementisungrouped.
NamedGroups
Namedgroupsareanothermethodforgroupingelements.Theycaninclude
elementsfromtheactivefileandalsothosefromreferences,whetherdirectly
attachedornested.Elementscanbelongtomorethanonenamedgroup
simultaneously.
Namedgroupsandgraphicgroups
Thegraphicgrouptoolscanbeusedtocreateanddropnamedgroups.The
graphicgrouplockappliestonamedgroups.MicroStationstoolsworkwith
namedgroupsthesameasgraphicgroups.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
NamedGroups
Exercise:Createanamedgroupwiththegraphicgrouptool
1 ContinuinginBSI400W01Survey.dgn,selectElementSelectionandselect
thethreeparkinglightpoles.
Centerpoleindicated
YoumayneedtoZoomInmoretoseethemwell.
2 SelectAddtoGraphicGroup,clicktheNewNamedGroupiconinthetool
settings,andtypethenameLights.
Notethecheckboxatthebottomofthedialog.Enablingthisisthesame
ashavingthegraphicgrouplockonpermanentlyforthegroup.Inthis
case,donotcheckit.
3 ClickOK.
4 BackintheAddtoGraphicGrouptoolsettings,changetheMemberType
toPassive.
5 Enteradatapointintheview,andthenclickClearintheElement
Selectiontoolsettingstoreleasetheselectionset.
Membertypes
ThemembertypeoptionsintheAddtoGraphicGrouptoolsettingsletyoudefine
howothermembersofthegroupareaffectedwhenonememberismanipulated.
Whenthegraphicgrouplockisoff,bothactiveandpassivememberscanbe
operatedonindividually.Whenitison,activemembersareoperateduponasa
group,butpassivemembersarestilloperateduponindividually.Therecanbe
activeandpassivemembersinthesamenamedgroup.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Named Groups
Exercise:Createahierarchy
1 ContinuinginBSI400W01Survey.dgn,clicktheAddtoGraphicGrouptool
andclickthemagnifyingglassinthetoolsettings.
2 IntheNamedGroupsdialogthatopens,clicktheShowHierarchytool.
3 SelecttheParkingLotgroupintherightpane,dragittothehierarchy
pane,andthendropit.
4 ClicktheParkingLotgroupinthehierarchypanesoitisselected,andthen
clickontheLightsgroupintherightpane.NotethattheAddNamed
GrouptoParenttoolbecomesactive.
5 ClickthetooltonesttheLightsgroupundertheParkingLotgroup.
Exercise:Seethedifferencebetweenactiveandpassive
1 ContinuinginBSI400W01Survey.dgn,selecttheMovetool.
2 MoveoneoftheelementsfromtheParkingLotgroup.
Alltheelementsinthehierarchymove,includingthelights.
3 Selectoneofthelightpolesandmoveit.
Onlythiselementmoves.Thesearepassivemembersofthegroup,so
theycanbeoperateduponindependently.
Thinkofusingthisinasituationwhereacontourlineanditselevationannotation,
orapartanditspartnumber,aregroupedtogether.Iffuturedesigncrowdsthe
text,asapassivememberofthecontourorpartgrouping,thetextualinformation
couldbemovedintoamorevisibleposition.
Elementscanalsobelongtomorethanonenamedgroup.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
NamedGroups
Exercise:Useelementsasmembersinmorethanonegroup
1 ContinuinginBSI400W01Survey.dgn,selectElementSelection.
2 Selectthefourtreesaboveandfourtreesbelowtheparkinglot.
3 SelectAddtoGraphicGroupandcreateanamedgroupnamedShade
Trees.
4 WithMemberTypesetatActive,enteradatapointintheview.
5 ClickClearintheElementSelectiontoolsettingstoreleasetheselection
set.
6 TurntheGraphicGrouplockoff.
Thisissothatwhenyouselectanelementthatispartofanothergroup,
theentiregroupisnotadded.
7 SelectAddtoGraphicGroupandsetthefollowing:
NamedGroup:CheckedandShadeTreesselected
MemberType:Active
8 EnteradatapointonthelargerectangleintheParkingLotgroup,and
enteranotherdatapointtoaccept.
Thiselementnowbelongstotwogroups.
9 TurntheGraphicGrouplockbackon.
10 SelectMoveandmoveoneofthetreesintheShadeTreesgroup.
OnlytheoneelementfromtheParkingLotgroupmovesalongwiththe
ShadeTreesgroup.
Selectingelementsinagroup
TheselectablecolumnintheNamedGroupsdialogcanbetoggledforeachgroup.
WhenthegraphicgrouplockisonandmembersareselectedwiththeElement
Selectiontool,ifselectableischecked,allmembersofthenamedgroupwillbe
selected.Ifitisunchecked,thepropagationsettingsapply.Justclickintherowfor
thedesiredgrouptoenablethis.
Whenanamedgroupisselectedinthegroupslistelementsofthenamedgroup
areselectedwhenyouclickSelectElementsinNamedGroupintheNamed
Groupsdialog.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Named Groups
Namedgrouphierarchies
Addingchildgroupstoaparentgroupcreatesahierarchyofnamedgroups.When
ahierarchyhasbeencreated,manipulatingtheparentgroupwillincludeany
involvedchildgroups.Youcanalsomanipulate,add,anddropindividualelements
withinthegroupsincludedinthehierarchy.
Displaysets
DisplaysetdisplayiscontrolledintheViewAttributesdialog.Whenusing
Displaysetsyouselectanamedgroupandthendisplayonlythoseelementsinthe
selectedview.
Exercise:Useadisplaysetwithnamedgroups
1 ContinuinginBSI400W01Survey.dgn,opentheViewAttributesdialog
andclicktheDisplayseticon.
2 SelecttheParkingLotgroupintherightframeoftheNamedGroups
dialog.
Selectingintherightframeselectsonlythosegroupmembers.Selectingin
theleftframewouldselecttheentirehierarchy.
3 ClickSetDisplaysetfromSelectedNamedGroups.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
NamedGroups
Allelementsareremovedfromtheviewexceptthoseinthatgroup.
4 HolddowntheShiftkey,presstherightmousebutton,andselect
Displayset>Clearfromthepopupmenu.
5 SelectFile>Closewhenyouaredonewiththismodule.
Apopupmenuthatcanbeusedforcreatingandmanagingnamedgroupsand
DisplaysetscanbeopenedbyrightclickinginsidetheNamedGroupsdialog.
Quicksets
Quicksetsletyousaveuptotensetsofgraphicelementsforlaterrecall.By
default,quicksetsaregiventhenamesQuickset1throughtoQuickset0butcanbe
renamed.Oncerenamed,theyarenolongerconsideredquicksetsandtheir
previousdesignationcanbeusedforanewquickset.
GroupsofelementscanbecreatedandrecalledusingtheQuicksetSaveand
QuicksetRecallmenusfromtheShift+rightmousebuttonpopupmenu.
YoucanalsocreateuptotenquicksetsusingthekeyboardshortcutCtrlShiftn
wherenisthequicksetnumber.YoucanrecallthembyusingCtrln.When
creatingorrecallingaquickset,thenumbersinthealphanumericsectionofthe
keyboardmustbeused,notthosefromthenumerickeypad.
Thesequicksetscanbeusedtoeasilygroupelementsformanipulation.Aquickset
hasanadvantageoveraSelectionSetinthatitisdurable,andnotaonetimeonly
grouping.
Torecallthequickset,holddowntheCtrlkeyandpress1onthekeyboardorpress
Shift,clicktherightmousebuttonandselectQuicksetRecall>1.
Namedgroupsandreferences
Elementsfromreferencescanbeincludedinanamedgroup.Whenyouselect
elementsfromareference,theyarenotautomaticallycopiedintothemasterfile.
Elementsfromreferencesareonlypointedtobyanamedgroupelementinthe
masterfile.
Important:Ifyoudetachareferencecontainingelementsthatarepartofanamed
grouponlyundoingthedetachmentwillreturnthememberstothenamedgroup.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Complex Chains and Shapes
Reattachingwillnotdothis.YoumustalsocloseandreopentheNamedGroups
dialog.
ComplexChainsandShapes
Acomplexchainisaseriesofconnectedopenelementssuchaslines,linestrings,
arcs,orcurvesthataregroupedasasingleentity.Theresultingcomplexchain
takesontheactiveelementattributesregardlessoftheattributesofthe
componentelements.
Acomplexshape,likeacomplexchain,isaseriesofconnectedopenelements
groupedasasingleobject.Thedifferenceisthatthefirstandlastelementina
complexshapeareconnected,therebyclosingashape.Foreachofthese,a
complexheaderelementisstoredintheDGNfileforeachgrouping
Youcreatecomplexchainsandshapesfromexistingelementswithtoolsinthe
Groupstoolbox.IfSimplifygeometryisoninthetoolsettings,connectedlinesare
addedaslinestrings.Ifyouselectonlyconnectedlines,thetoolproducesa
primitivelinestringelementratherthanacomplexchain,makingthefilesize
smaller.
Toreversethegrouping,youcanusetheDropElementtooltodropthestatusof
theelementtoitscomponentelementssotheycanbemanipulatedindividually.
Note: YoucanalsousethePlaceSmartLinetooltocreateacomplexshapeorchain.
TheGroupCommand
Thereisaquickwaytoselectanumberofelementsandgroupthemsothatyou
canmanipulatethemasasingleelement.Thisgroupisacomplexelementwhose
componentelementsdonothavetobeconnected.
Tocreateagroup,firstselecttheelementsthatwillcomposethegroupandthen
selectEdit>Group.Theelementsaregroupedandcanbemanipulatedasasingle
element.Thegroupisactuallyanunnamedcell.Unlikenamedcells,groupsare
notdefinedincelllibraries.Youmanipulateandmodifygroupsjustasyoudo
simpleelements.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
TheGroupCommand
Tobreakthegroup,firstselectthegroupandthenselectEdit>Ungroup.The
elementsareungroupedandnowmaybemanipulatedindividually.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
The Group Command
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 53 Creating Custom Line Styles
CreatingCustomLineStyles
ModuleOverview
Thismoduleexplainslinestylecomponentsandcustomlinestylecreation.As
cellsgroupsetsofelementsrepresentingasymbolforreuse,acustomlinestyle
canbeusedsothatarepeatingpatterncanbeusedforlineplacement.The
modulealsoprovidesinformationaboutmanagingandmodifyinglinestyles.
Customlinestylesthatplaceanarrow,defineacable/telephoneline,andplacerailroadtracks
ModulePrerequisites
Knowledgeaboutcells
ModuleObjectives
Createcustomlinestyles
Managelinestyles
Modifylinestyles
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Creating Custom Line Styles 54 Feb-13
Questions
1 Whatisacell?
2 Wheredoyousettheactivelinestyle?
Answers
1 Acomplexelementcomposedofagroupofprimitiveorothercomplex
elementsthatisstoredinacelllibraryforrepeatedplacement.
2 IntheAttributestoolboxorintheDGNFileSettingsdialog.
StyleComponents
Acustomlinestyleconsistsofastrokepatterncomposedofdashstrokesandgap
strokesofvaryinglengths.
dashes
gaps
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
StyleComponents
Ifacustomlinestyleincludesarepeatingsymbolsuchasatextcharacterorother
nonlinearelement,youcreateapointsymbolcomponenttorepresentit.
Acompoundcomponentisacombinationofcomponentsofanytype.Theonly
waytodisplaybothstrokespatternsandpointsymbolsistocreateacompound
component.
CustomlinestylescanbestoredinDGNlibrariesaswellasinresource,.rsc,files.
Exercise:Examinedeliveredcustomlinestyles
Project:General
2 OpenCustomLinestyles.dgn.
3 SelectElement>LineStyles>Custom.
4 IntheLineStylesdialog,scrolltothe{RailRoad}styleandselectit.
Apreviewofthestyledisplaysatthebottomofthedialog.
5 ChecktheScalefactorcheckboxandsetthescaleto10.
Youcanscalethelinestyletomaketextmorereadableorsymbolsmore
visible.
6 Clickonthepreviewtoactivatethestyle.
7 SelectPlaceSmartLineandplacealineinthemodel.
pointsymbols
strokepatterns
pointsymbols
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Creating a Custom Line Style
Thislinestyleiscomprisedoftwooffsetstrokepatternsandapoint
symbolthatrepresentsthetie.
8 IntheLineStylesdialog,select{Cable/Tele}andsetthescaleto20.
9 Clickthepreviewtoactivatethestyleandplacealineinthemodel.
Thislinestylecontainstextcharacters.
10 IntheLineStylesdialog,doubleclick{TreeLine}andplacealineinthe
model.
11 DisabletheScalefactorcheckboxfornow.
CreatingaCustomLineStyle
Strokepatterns
Astrokepatternisapatternofdashstrokesandgapstrokesthatisdisplayed
repeatedlyalongthelengthofanelement.Foreachdashyouspecifythelength,
colorandwidth.Notethatcomponentwidthisstoredinmasterunits(Settings>
DrawingScaleorSettings>DesignFile>WorkingUnitscategory).
Exercise:Createalinestylelibraryandalinestylename
1 ContinuinginCustomLinestyles.dgn,selectElement>LineStyles>Edit.
2 IntheLineStyleEditor,selectFile>New.
3 Namethelibraryprojlinestyles.
4 SelectEdit>Create>NameintheLineStyleEditor.
AnewUnnamedstyleiscreated.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
5 ChangeUnnamedtoArrowandpressTab.
6 SelectFile>SaveintheLineStyleEditor.
Itisagoodideatosaveaftereachcompleted,oredited,name,segment,
orpointtypesincethechangesarenotautomaticallysaved.
Exercise:Createastrokepattern
1 ContinuinginCustomLinestyles.dgn,selectEdit>Create>StrokePattern.
2 BelowtheComponentsframe,changenewstrokecomponenttoArrow
StrokeandpressTab.
Hint:Itisagoodideatoincludethetypeoflinestylecomponent,inthiscase
Stroke,inthename.
Nextyouwilllinkthestyletothestrokepatterncomponent.
3 WithArrowhighlightedinthestyleslistandArrowStrokehighlightedin
thecomponentslist,selectEdit>Link.
DoublearrowsappearnexttotheArrowStrokecomponent.Nextyou
willdefinethestrokepattern.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
4 ClicktheAddbuttonintheStrokePatternframeatthebottomoftheLine
StyleEditor.
AstrokepatterncomponentappearsintheStrokePatternpreview.
5 Settheseattributesforthenewstroke:
Length:Fixed,20
StrokeType:Dash
Invertat:None
Corners:Break
Width:None
Start:0.0
End:0.0
DashCaps:Closed
Youseethedashesappearinthepreviewwindow.
6 ClickAddtoaddanothercomponent.
7 Clickthesecondstrokecomponent,surroundedbyhandles,inthestroke
patternpreview.
8 Settheseattributesforthenewstroke:Length:Fixed,6
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
StrokeType:Dash
Invertat:None
Corners:Break
Width:Full
Start:3.0
End:0.0
DashCaps:Closed
9 ClickAddtoaddanothercomponent.
10 Clickthenextstrokecomponent,surroundedbyhandles,inthestroke
patternpreview.
Length:Fixed,20
StrokeType:Dash
Invertat:None
Corners:Break
Width:None
Start:0.0
End:0.0
DashCaps:Closed
Thenewstrokepatternappearsinthepreviewarea.
13 SelectArrowfromthestyleoptionlistintheAttributestoolboxandplace
aSmartLineinthemodel.
StrokePatternoptions
Lengthiseitherfixedorvariable.Ifitisvariable,thestrokelengthcanbeadjusted
ifthestrokepatternisshifted,orifaspecificnumberofrepetitionsofthepattern
mustbedisplayed.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
TheStrokeTypeiseitherdashorgap.Dashstrokesaredisplayedandgapstrokes
arenot.Theyappearasagapintheline.
TheInvertatsettingcontrolswhetherthestrokeischangedfromadashtoagap
orviceversa.SettoOrigin,thestrokeisinvertedattheoriginoftheelement.End
meansthestrokeisinvertedattheendoftheelement.Bothmeansthestrokeis
invertedinboththefirstandlastrepetitionsofthepattern.
TheCornersoptionsdeterminewhetherthestrokepatternisbent,Break,when
thestrokeextendsfartherthananelementvertexorifthestrokebypassesthe
vertexandcontinuesstraighttothenearestpointontheelement.
Widthisinmasterunits.Nonemeansthestartandendwidthsettingsareignored
andthestrokepatterndisplayswithoutwidth.Fullmeansitdisplayswiththe
specifiedwidth.Leftorrightmeansonlytheleftorrighthalfofthestrokedisplays
withthespecifiedwidth.
TheDashCapsoptionscontroltheappearanceoftheendofthestrokepattern.
Pointsymbols
Apointsymboldefineshowaseriesofsymbolssuchastextorcellsaredisplayed
alongthelengthofanelement.Apointsymbolisassociatedtoastrokepattern
component,fromwhichdashinformationisextractedtoplacethepointsymbols.
Inthenextexerciseyouwillcreateapointsymbolandcombineitwithastroke
patterntocreatefencesymbology.Thisisacompoundstyle.
Exercise:Createthestrokepattern
1 ContinuinginCustomLinestyles.dgn,selectEdit>Create>Nameinthe
LineStyleEditorandnamethestyleFence.
2 SelectEdit>Create>StrokePattern.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
3 ChangenewstrokecomponenttoFenceStroke.
4 ClickAddthreetimesatthebottomoftheLineStyleEditor.
Threestrokepatterncomponentsappearinthepreview.
5 Clickinsidethefirststrokeandsettheseattributes:
Length:Fixed,10
StrokeType:Dash
6 Clickinsidethesecondstrokeandsettheseattributes:
Length:Fixed,5
StrokeType:Gap(youmayneedtopressEntertoseethechange)
7 Clickinsidethethirdstrokeandsettheseattributes:
Length:Fixed,10
StrokeType:Dash
NowyouwillcreateapointcomponenttorepresenttheXinthefenceline
style.
8 SelectEdit>Create>Point.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
9 ChangenewpointcomponenttoFencePoint.
10 ClicktheBaseStrokePatternbutton.
11 SelectFenceStrokeintheBaseStrokePatterndialogandclickOK.
Thetwoarenowassociated.
Exercise:Createapointsymbol
1 ContinuinginCustomLinestyles.dgn,settheactivelinestyleto0.
2 SelectPlaceLinewiththefollowingtoolsettings:
Length:14
Angle:45
3 PlacethelineinthedesignandZoomInonit.
4 SelectPlaceLinewiththefollowingtoolsettings:
Length:14
Angle:315
5 PlacethesecondlinetocreateanX.
Thissymbolconsistsoftwolines.
6 SelectElementSelectionandselecttheX.
7 ClicktheCreatebuttonintheLineStyleEditor.
8 IntheCreatepointSymboldialog,namethepointsymbolXandclickOK.
Youmustdefinetheoriginbeforeyouredone.
9 SnaptothecenteroftheXandenteradatapointtodefinethesymbol
origin.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Exercise:Associatethepointsymboltothebasestrokepattern
1 ContinuinginCustomLinestyles.dgn,clickthecentergapstrokeinthe
FenceStrokepatternpreview.
2 ClicktheSelectbutton.
3 IntheSelectPointSymboldialog,selectXandclickOK.
TheXpointsymbolisassociatedtothecenterstroke.
4 SelectFile>Saveinthedialog.
NextyoumustcreateanewcompoundcomponentthatincludestheFence
StrokestrokepatternandtheFencePointpointcomponent.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Compoundcomponents
Acompoundcomponentisacombinationofcomponentsofanytype.Theonly
waytodisplaybothstrokepatternsandpointsymbolsistocreateacompound
component.
Exercise:Createacompoundcomponentandnameit
1 ContinuinginCustomLinestyles.dgn,selectEdit>Create>Compound.
2 ChangenewcompoundcomponenttoFenceCompound.
3 ClickInsert.
4 IntheSelectComponentdialog,selectFenceStrokefromthelistand
clickOK.
5 ClicktheInsertbutton.
6 SelectFencePointfromthelistandclickOK.
TheFenceStrokeandFencePointcomponentsareaddedtotheSub
Componentslist.Youcanseethelinestylebuildinthepreviewwindow.
Nowthatthelinestyledefinitioniscreatedyoucanassociateitwitha
name.
7 HighlightthenameFenceintheStyleslist.
8 HighlightFenceCompoundinthecomponentslist.
9 Withthetwoentrieshighlighted,selectEdit>Link.
DoublearrowsappearnexttoFenceCompound.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Note: Alwayschecktomakesureyouhaveproperlylinkedacomponentwiththenew
styleasthelaststepinthecustomlinestylecreationprocess.
Note: Whencreatingcustomlinestylesthatuseacommonstrokepatternorpoint
symbol,createonestyleandcopyit,andtheneditthecopies.
Usinganoriginandterminator
Inthefollowingexercisesyouwillcreateastylewithasingleterminatingarrow
andastylewithafilledcircleasitsorigin.
Exercise:Createaanddefineanewstrokepattern
LineStyleEditorandnamethestylePointer
2 SelectEdit>Create>StrokePattern.
3 ChangenewstrokecomponenttoArrowTerminatedLine.
4 IntheStrokePatternAttributesframe,setthefollowing:
Repetitions:Count,1
5 ClickAdd
Length:Variable,1
StrokeType:Dash
7 ClickAdd.
8 Clickthenewstrokeandsetthefollowingattributes:
Length:Fixed,6
StrokeType:Dash
Width:Left
Start:3
End:0
9 HighlightthenamePointerintheStyleslist.
10 HighlightArrowTerminatedLineinthecomponentslist.
11 SelectEdit>Link.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Nowyouwillusethislinestyleasthebasisforthenextlinestyle.
Exercise:Createastylewithanarrowandagraphic
1 ContinuinginCustomLinestyles.dgn,selectEdit>Create>Point
2 ChangenewpointcomponenttoCircleAnchor.
3 SelectPlaceCirclewiththefollowingtoolsettings:
FillType:Opaque
FillColor:1
Diameter:Enabledandsetto3
4 SelectElementSelectionandselectthecircle.
5 ClickCreate.
6 NamethepointsymbolCircledia3andclickOK.
7 Snaptothecenterofthecircleandacceptwithadatapoint.
8 ClickOrigin.
9 ClickSelect.
10 SelectCircledia3.
11 ClickBaseStrokePattern.
12 SelectArrowTerminatedLine.
Exercise:Continuestylecreation
LineStyleEditorandnamethestylePointerAnchored.
2 SelectEdit>Create>Compound.
3 ChangenewcompoundcomponenttoPointerAnchoredCompound.
4 ClickInsertandselectArrowTerminatedLine.
5 ClickInsertandselectCircleAnchor.
7 HighlightthenamePointerAnchoredintheStyleslist.
8 HighlightthecomponentPointerAnchoredCompound.
9 SelectEdit>Link.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ManagingLineStyles
ManagingLineStyles
AddthestylestoaDGNLIB
Exercise:AddthestylestotheDGNlibraries
1 ContinuinginCustomLinestyles.dgn,selectFile>Newfromthemain
menubar.
2 NavigatetotheGeneralprojects\dgnlibfolder.
ThisprojectissetupsothatMS_DGNLIBLISTpointstothefilesinthisfolder.
3 Namethenewfilelinestyles.dgnlib.
4 IntheLineStyleEditor,selectFile>Import>MicroStationResourceFile
(RSC).
5 Selectlstyle.rscandclickOpen.
Thestylesareaddedtothefileandcanbereadfromit.
Managingresourcestyles
SelectFile>ManageintheLineStyleEditortoopenautilitythatmanagesline
stylesinmultipleresourcefiles.UsetheManageLineStyleDefinitionsdialogto
copylinestylesfromoneresourcefiletoanotherandrenameordeletelinestyles
inaresourcefile
ImportfromV7orAutoCAD
UsetheImportutilitytoimportlinestylesfromaV7linestylelibraryoran
AutoCAD.linfileintotheopenDGNlibraryorresourcefile.SelectFile>Importin
theLineStyleEditorandthenlocatethefiletoimport.
Exportingstyles
SelectFile>ExportFromDGNtoselectorcreatethe.rscfiletowhichtoexport.
YoucanexportallcustomlinestylesstoredintheactivefiletoanRSCfile.This
capabilityisusefulinthecasewhereusersofMicroStation/J(V7)needtouse
customlinestylescreatedwithMicroStationV8.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Modifying Line Styles
ModifyingLineStyles
Modifyinglinestyleattributes
UsetheModifyLineStyleAttributestoolfromtheChangeAttributestoolstoedit
thelinestyleattributesofexistingelements.Usetheiconstoselectwhetherthe
width,scaleorshiftischanged.
Exercise:Modifylinestyleattributes
1 OpenCustomLinestyles.dgn.
2 WindowAreaaroundthecustomstylesyouplacedinthefile.
3 SelectModifyLineStyleAttributeswiththefollowingtoolsetting:
Modify(icon):Shift
4 EnteradatapointonaCable/Tele(CT)line.
5 Movethepointertorepositiontheletters.
TheShiftcheckboxisavailablewhentheShifticonisselected.Enableitandtype
theshiftdistance,relativetothebeginningoftheelement.Resultsdependonthe
Absolutesetting.
IftheAbsolutecheckboxisenabledthevaluerepresentstheactualshiftdistance.
IfAbsoluteisdisabled,thevaluerepresentstheamounttomodifytheexisting
shiftdistance.
Note: Togloballychangescaleoflinestyles,opentheDGNFileSettingsdialogand
selecttheElementAttributescategory.Setthegloballinestylescaleandclick
OK.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
TipsandTricks
Changingdirection
Inadditiontoshiftingelementpositionsalongaline,youmaywanttochangethe
direction.Thedirectionisdeterminedbytheorderinwhichyouenteredthedata
pointswhenyouplacedtheoriginalelement.
Exercise:Reversethearrowdirection
1 ContinuinginCustomLinestyles.dgn,selectTools>BsplineCurves>
ModifyCurves>ChangeCurveDirection.
2 IdentifytheSmartLineyouplacedusingtheArrowstyle.
3 Enteradatapointtoaccept.
Droplinestyles
Tomodifyacomponentofacustomlinestyle,youmustconvertthecustomline
styletoprimitiveelements.
Exercise:Dropalinestyle
1 ContinuinginCustomLinestyles.dgn,selectTools>CustomLinestyles>
DropLineStyle.
2 EnteradatapointontheCable/Tele(CT)line.
Thelinestyleisdroppedandyoucaneditthetextorotherwisechangethe
components.
3 SelectFile>Close.
TipsandTricks
Alwaysendacustomlinestylewithadashtoeliminateanyconfusionwhen
snappingtoendsofelements.Toforceacustomlinestyletoalwaysendwith
adash,changetheStrokePatternAttributecalledShifttocentered.
Tolimitthecustomlinestylesthatappearintheoptionlist,usethekeyin
LC=PARTOFTHENAMEwherepartofthenameisthecharactersyouwantto
seeinthelist.Forexample,thekeyinLC=DASHwillshowyouallthecustom
linestyleswithDASHinthename.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Tips and Tricks
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 71 Working with Tags
WorkingwithTags
ModuleOverview
MicroStationtagsandAutoCADattributesaresimilar.InMicroStation,tagsare
definedasnongraphicalattributesthatmaybeattachedtoelements.In
AutoCAD,anattributeisdefinedasatextstringassociatedwithanattributethat
identifiesaparticularattribute.
Bothareusuallytexttypeelementsusedtorelateinformationaboutanelement,
suchasavalvetype,oraboutanareaofadrawingsuchasaroomnumber.This
modulecoversmethodsusedwhenworkingwithtags.
ModulePrerequisites
Familiaritywithcells,models,andreferences
Someunderstandingofhowadatabaseworks
ModuleObjectives
Create,attach,review,andchangetags
Createtaglibrariesandreports
Editcellgraphicswithoutdeletinganattachedtag
Changetagdatatotext
Importtagsto,andexportthemfrom,adatabase
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Working with Tags 72 Feb-13
Questions
1 Whywouldyouaddnongraphicdatatoadesign?
2 Whatistheimportanceofassigningadatatypetonongraphicdata?
3 Whathappenswhenyoudropacellelement?
4 Whatistherelationshipbetweencellsandmodels?
5 Whatisadatabasetablemadeupof?
Answers
1 Toaddinformationwithwhichtocreatereports,schedules,etc.To
standardizetitleblocks.Toincludeinformationthatcanbeupdatedfrom,
orthatyoucanusetoupdate,databases.
2 Theycanbeusefulinreportsandarerelevantiftagsaretobeusedina
database
3 Itisreducedtoitscomponentparts,whicharenolongerassociatedtoone
another.
4 WhenyouopenacelllibraryasaDGNfilecellsarestoredasmodelsinthe
file.Whenmodelsarecreatedwiththeoptiontoplaceasacellenabled
youcandoso.
5 Rowsandcolumnsthataredesignedtoholdspecificdata.
CreatingandAttachingTags
ATag'sprimarypurposeistostore,metadata;adatavalue.TheTagmayormay
notbedisplayed,butthevalueexistswhetheryoucanseeitornot.Youcan
move,rotate,scale,ordeleteaTagjustlikeanyelement.Theprimarydifference
betweenTagsandmostothergraphicelementtypesistheirassociationwitha
hostelement.ThehostelementcanbealmostanytypeofMicroStationgraphic
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
element.Whenyoumovethehost,theTagsmovewithit;whenyoudeletea
host,itsTagsarealsodeleted.
TagsetdefinitionsbelongtoaDGNfile,notasinglemodelwithinthefile.When
youdefineatagset,thatdefinitioncanbeseeninallmodelscontainedinthe
DGNfile.
Exercise:Createaworkingmodel
Project:Plant
2 Open\dgn\BSI700E0001EquipmentArrangement.dgn.
Sincetheelementsinthismodelareallreferenced,youmustcopythem
intoanewmodeltoattachtags.
3 CreateanewFullSize3DDesignmodelnamedTankID.
4 Attach\dgn\BSI700E0001EquipmentArrangement.dgnasareference
withthefollowingattachmentsettings:
Orientation:StandardViews>top.
LiveNesting:Enabledandsettodepthof99
Hint:Settingdepthto99fairlyensuresyouseeallnestedreferences.
6 MaximizeView1andFitView.
Note:YoumaywanttoopentheViewAttributesdialogandturnoffthe
markers.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Creating and Attaching Tags
7 IntheLevelDisplaydialog,turnoffthelevelsCommonGrassand
CommonGrassProfilesforthereferencefile.
8 SelectalltheelementsinthereferenceusinganElementSelectionblock,
clicktheCopytoolintheMaintoolbox,andPastetheElementsintothe
view.
Theelementsarecopiedintothemodel.
10 Detachthereference.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Creatingtagssets
Individualtagsaregroupedintosets,andthefirststepistocreateasetwitha
descriptivename.
Exercise:Createatagset
1 ContinuinginBSI700E0001EquipmentArrangement.dgn,selectElement
>Tags>Define.
2 IntheTagSetsdialog,clickAddintheSetsframe.
3 TypethenameTanksandclickOK.
Onceasetiscreated,youcanclickDuplicateanduseitasaseedtagsetfrom
whichtocreateanother.IfyouhighlightasetandclickRemove,thesetisdeleted
andallofthesetsmembertagsaredetachedfromhostelements.
Definingtags
Thenextstepistodefineindividualtags.Decidewhetherthetagsnameorits
valuewillbemostmeaningfulforuserstosee.Dependingupontheattachment
methodused,youcandisplayeitherone.
Thefirsttagyoucreatewillbethelastonelistedintheset.Thelasttagcreated
willbelistedfirst.However,whenplaced,thefirsttagwillappearfirst.
Therearethreetypesoftags.Thesetypescanbeusefulwhenreportingandare
importantiftagswillbeusedtocoordinateinformationwithadatabase.
Charactertagsholdtextdata,withamaximumof1024characters
Integertagsholdafourbytenumericalvalue
Realtagsholdaneightbytefloatingpointvalue
YoucanusethecheckboxesintheDefineTagdialogtospecifywhetherthetags
valuewillbeenteredbytheuserinadialogthatopens(Variable),orwhether
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
thereisadefaultvalueforthattag(Default).Ifthereisadefaultvalue,typethat
intheinputfieldbelowthecheckboxes.
IfDefaultison,thetagwillbeautomaticallyattachedwiththedefaultvalue.Use
thisifavalueisconsistentlythesame.IfyouenabletheConfirmcheckbox,a
dialogopensanduserscanviewthedefaultvalue,orchangeitifnecessary.Use
thisifavalueisusuallythesame,butoccasionallydifferent.
Exercise:Createtags
1 ContinuinginBSI700E0001EquipmentArrangement.dgn,theTankID
model,clickAddintheTagsframeoftheTagSetsdialog.
2 EnterthefollowingintheDefineTagdialog:
TagName:Type
Prompt:Sub,Undg,Above?
Type:Character
Variable:Checked
DefaultTagValue:(noneleaveblank)
DisplayTag:Checked
3 ClickOK.
ThepromptyoutypedisplaysasatooltipintheAttachTagsdialogwhen
youareaddingorchangingvalues.
Ifyouwanttoattachtagstoelementsbutdonotwantthevalueto
display,unchecktheDisplayTagcheckbox.Youwillnotseethetagswhen
placed,butyoucanstillquerythem.
4 Createthefollowingtags:
TagName:ServiceDate
Prompt:Lastdateserviced?
Type:Character
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Variable:Enabled
DisplayTag:Checked
TagName:ID
Prompt:IDnumber?
Type:Integer
Variable:Enabled
DisplayTag:Checked
Attachingtags
Nowthatthesetisdefined,youcantagelements.Firstselectthetagsetyou
wanttoattachandthensetparameters.Tagsareplacedwiththeactivetext
attributes.
IfatagsetisplacedwiththeAssociationcheckboxunchecked,thetagnames
displayratherthanthedefaulttagvalues.IftheAssociationcheckboxisenabled,
thespecified(ordefault)tagvaluesdisplay,ratherthanthetagnames.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
TagplacedwiththeAssociationcheckboxenabledintheimageontheleft.Youseevalues.
TagplacedwiththeAssociationcheckboxuncheckedintheimageontheright.Youseethetagnames
Themethodofplacementisdifferenttoo.WithAssociationoff,youenteradata
pointwhereyouwantthetagsetplacedanditappears.
YouwillplacetagswithAssociationenabled.Alsonotethattagsareplacedwith
theactivetextsettingssoyouwillsetthemfirst.
Exercise:Attachtags
1 ContinuinginBSI700E0001EquipmentArrangement.dgn,clickthePlace
TexttoolintheTasksdialogandsetthefollowing:
TextStyle:Style(none)
ActiveAngle:0
HeightandWidth:40
2 SelecttheAttachTagstoolfromtheTasksdialog,withthefollowingtool
settings:
TagSets:Tanks
Association:Checked
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Ifthereismorethanonetagsetinafile,theyarealllistedandyoumust
selectthesetyouwanttoattach.
3 Followingthestatusbarprompt,clickontherightmosttank.
Nowyoucanenterorchangevalues.Rememberthattheywilldisplayif
thereisacheckinatagsDisplaycolumn.Youcantogglethatnow.
4 IntheAttachTagsdialog,clickintheValuefieldforeachtagandtypethe
following:
Type:Above
ServiceDate:(Todaysdate)
ID:1201
5 ClickOK.
6 Enteradatapointtoplacethetagtext.
7 Tagthenexttankusingthesevalues:
Type:Above
ServiceDate:(Tomorrowsdate)
ID:1201
Note: Youcantattachtagsfromonetagsettoaparticularelementmorethanonce.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Filewidetagdisplay
TagdisplaycanbecontrolledonaviewwindoworfilewidebasisintheView
Attributesdialog.ToggletheTagsicontoenableordisabletheirdisplay.
Changingtags
Onceplaced,tagvaluescanbechangedusingtheEditTagstool,whichyouselect
andthenidentifythetagsetyouwanttochange.ThisopenstheEditTagsdialog,
whichisjustliketheAttachtagsdialog.YoucanalsousetheChangeTagstool.
Exercise:Changetagvaluesanddisplay
1 ContinuinginBSI700E0001EquipmentArrangement.dgn,selectthe
ChangeTagstoolwiththefollowingtoolsettings:
TagSet:Tanks
Tag:ID
Find:1201
ReplaceWith:1202
Mode:Single
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
2 Enteradatapointonthesecondtankyoutagged,andanothertoaccept.
Note:Ifyouclickonatagratherthanthetaggedelement,thetagsvaluewill
berecognizedandthattagwillbechanged.
TheModeoptionsletyouchangealltagsinafileatoncebysettingthe
criteriaandjustenteringadatapoint(All).Youcanalsoopttoplacea
fencearoundtagstochangeandthenenteradatapoint.Fortheseto
workyoumustchecktheIgnoreFindValuecheckbox.
3 Setthefollowingtoolsettings:
TagSet:Tanks
Tag:Type
Display:CheckedandsettoOff
IgnoreFindValue:Checked
Mode:All
ChecktheIgnoreFindValuecheckboxtoignoretheanyvalueintheFind
field.Itoverridesalltagvaluesregardlessoftheircurrentvalues.Ifturned
off,MicroStationmatchesalltaggedvaluesagainstthevalueintheFind
fieldandreplacesequalvalueswiththevalueintheReplaceWithfield.
Tagkeyins
Therearekeyinsyoucanissuefromthekeyinbrowsertomodifytags.
Todisassociateatagfromahostelement,typethekeyinCHANGETAGS
DROPASSOCandenteradatapointonthehostelementtowhichitis
attached.
Tochangetagvaluesintotextelements,typethekeyinCHANGETAGS
DROPTEXTandenteradatapointonthehostelementtowhichitisattached.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Reporting on Tag Data
Toassociateatagtoahostelement,typethekeyinCHANGETAGSREASSOC
andenteradatapointonthehostelementtowhichyouwantitattached.
Therearemanywaystoidentifytheelementsfromwhichyouwantto
disassociateorreassociatetags.UsethekeyinLEVELELEMENTDELETE
<levelname>toidentifypartsofcellsthatareonaspecificlevel.Youcanalsouse
theElementSelectiontoolsattributetabs.
Removingtags
Toremovetagsfromanelement,selecttheDeleteTagstoolandthenclickthe
hostelementtowhichtagsareattached.IfyouenabledRemoveVisibleonly,only
tagswithdisplayenabledwillbedeleted.Hiddentagsremain.
IfyouenabletheIgnoreFindValuecheckbox,anyvaluethatisintheFindfieldis
ignoredandtheselectedtagsarechanged,regardlessofexistingvalue,tothe
ReplaceWithvalue.
Reviewingtagdata
Youcanreviewtagdata,whetherdisplayedornot.JustselecttheReviewTags
toolandclickonthenhostelement.TheReviewTagsdialogwillappearsoyoucan
reviewthedata.
ReportingonTagData
Youcangeneratevariousreportsontags.Reportscancontaininformationabout
hostelementattributes,aswellasthetagsthemselves.Reportoutputcanbe
formattedandprintedusingatexteditororwordprocessingapplication.
Creatingatemplate
Firstyougenerateatemplatefile.Eachtemplatefileisforasingletagsetandits
membertagsplusanygraphicelementattributesonwhichyouwanttoreport.
Theseareattributeslikeelementlength,perimeter,orarea,oryoucanreporton
anelementsfileposition.Thetagsarelistedfirstinthelist,withelement
attributeslistedafterthetags.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ReportingonTagData
OutputformatisselectedintheGenerateTemplatesdialogandcanbeeithertext
orXML.
Exercise:Createareporttemplatetoreportonservicedate
>Tags>GenerateTemplatesfromthemainmenubar.
2 SelecttheTankstagset.
3 IntheTagsframe,doubleclickonIDandServiceDatetoaddthose
columnstothereport.
Thecolumnsinthereportfilethatsoutputareinthesameorderasinthe
ReportColumnslist.
4 SelectReportOn>TaggedElements.
Thisreportwillreportononlyelementsthathavetagsattached.Youcan
alsoreportonanyoftheavailableelementattributes,precededbya$in
theTagscolumn,forallelementsinafile.
5 SelectFormat>Text.
ClickintheReportFileNamefieldandtypeServicedate.
6 PressEnter.
7 IntheGenerateTemplatesdialog,selectFile>SaveAs.
8 SavethetemplateasServicedate.tmp.
Thisfileissavedtotheprojects\outfolder.
AtemplatefilecanbeusedwithanyDGNfileinwhichthetagsetisdefined.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Tag Set Libraries
Generatingreports
Togenerateareport,selectthedesiredtemplate.
Exercise:Generatethereport
>Tags>GenerateReports.
2 SelectServicedate.tmpandclickDone.
Thereportisalsosavedtotheprojects\outfolder.
3 NavigatetoandopentheServicedate.rptreportinatextediting
application.
Formattingofthedata,inthiscasethetanksIDanditslastservicedate,
canbedonefromhere.
4 Exitthetexteditingapplicationwhendone.
TagSetLibraries
Youcancreateatagsetlibrarythatincludesselectedtagsetdefinitions.These
librariescanbeusedacrossprojects.
Thedefaultlocationforthelibraryfileistheprojects\outfolder.ForWindows7
thepathislikely
C:\ProgramData\Bentley\MicroStation\WorkSpace\Projects\Examples\<project>
\out.
Exercise:Createataglibrary
1 SelectFile>Open,moveupalevel,andopen\seed\Eborder.dgn.
2 SelectElement>Tags>Define.
3 SelecttheTitleBlocktagset.
4 IntheTagSetsdialog,selectFile>Export>CreateTagLibrary.
5 NamethelibrarytblockandclickSave.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
TagsandTitleBlocks
6 ClickPreviousModeltoreturntoBSI700E0001
EquipmentArrangement.dgn.
TagsandTitleBlocks
Acommonusefortagsistoprovidereportablefieldsfortitleblockinformation.It
isagoodpracticetocreateacelltoholdthetagdataandattachthattoyour
borders.
Exercise:Createacelltoholdtitleblockdataandimportthedata
1 ContinuinginBSI700E0001EquipmentArrangement.dgn,selectFile>
Open,moveuptothe\dgnlibfolder,andopen
UIAndAnnotationStyles.dgnlib.
2 Createanew2Ddesignmodelnamedtblockatfullsize.
Tagsareplacedusingtheactivetextsettings,socheckyourborderandset
thetextattributesaccordingly.
3 SelectPlaceTextandsetthefollowing:
TextStyle:Style(None)
ActiveAngle:0
Height&Width:0.0781
Font:(Bentley)3Engineering
Nowyouneedtocreateorimportatagset.
4 IntheTagSetsdialog,selectFile>Import>FromTagLibrary.
5 Selecttblock.tlbandclickOpen.
AnytagsetscontainedinalibraryarelistedintheImportSetsdialog.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Tags and Title Blocks
6 ClickonTitleBlockandclickOK.
Nextyouneedanelementtowhichtoattachthetag.
7 SelectPlaceLinewiththefollowingtoolsettings,andplacethelineinthe
view:
Length:Checkedandsetto0
Angle:Checkedandsetto0
8 SelecttheAttachTagstoolwiththeAssociationcheckboxchecked,and
clicktheline.
9 IntheAttachTagsdialog,setthevalueofeachtagtowhatyouwantusers
toseewhentheyfillinthetitleblock,andthenclickOK.
10 Placethetagneartheline.
Exercise:Createthebordersheet
1 CreateanewDGNinthe\seedfoldernamedEquipmentArrangement.dgn
andopenthefile.
2 Createanew2DsheetmodelnamedEborderatfullsize.Makesure
DisplaySheetBoundaryisunchecked.
3 OpentheReferencesdialogandattachAttach\seed\Eborder.dgn,with
thefollowingattachmentsettings:
Model:Default
DetailScale:FullSize1=1
DisabletheAnnotationScaleiconintheiconbar
4 AttachBSI700E0001EquipmentArrangement.dgn,withthefollowing
attachmentsettings:
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
TagsandTitleBlocks
Model:TankID
Orientation:Isometric
DetailScale:1=20
5 FitView.
6 ForthepurposesofthisexerciseturnoffthelevelsTitleBlockT,TitleBlock
Text,andTitleCellforEborder.dgn.
Thedeliveredfileshaveatitleblocktagcellalreadyinplace.
7 IntheReferencesdialog,selecttheMoveReferencetool,snaptothe
lowerrightcorneroftheborder(innersolidline,notdotted),andthen
snaptothecenteroftheACStriadandaccept.
8 FitView.
Exercise:Placethetitleblockcell
1 OpentheCellLibrarydialogandattach\dgnlib\
Uiandannotationstyles.dgnlib.
2 Doubleclicktblocktomakeitactiveforplacement.
3 ZoomInonthetitleblock,snaptothelowerrightcorneroftheborder
(innersolidline,notdotted),andplacethecell.
4 UsetheMovetooltoplacethetagsintheappropriateplaces.
TheScaletoolwasusedonthetitletagtomakeitlarger
Alternativemethodtopositionthetag
Anothermethodistoattachthedesiredborderasareference.Youusea
referencesoyoucanpositionthetagsinthetitleblock,andthendetachsothe
titleblockisnolongerinthemodel.Thencreatethetagsetthatwillholdthetitle
blockdata.Attachthetagsetatthelowerrightcornerofthetitleblock.Youcan
attachthetagsettothereferencenonassociated,butyouneedtocreatean
elementtowhichtoattachitusingtheAssociativeoption.Apointelementatthe
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Tags and Title Blocks
lowerrightcornerwillwork.Then,movethetagsintotheproperlocationsinthe
titleblockanddetachthereference.
Ifthetitleblocktagsalreadyexistinthereferencedborder,justcopytheminto
thefile,makingsurethatyousnapto,andacceptat,thelowerrightcorner.
TagsandtitleblocksinProjectWise
TitleblockintegrationallowsProjectWisetopopulatetitleblockinformationin
MicroStation.OnceaProjectWiseadministratorhassetuptitleblockintegration,
tagelementscontainedwithinDGNfilesareautomaticallypopulatedwithdata
drawnfromtheProjectWisedatabase.
ThefirstthingyoumustdoiscreateatagsetinMicroStation.Thenamemust
haveamaximumlengthof6charactersandbelowercase.Then,createtagsthat
representthefieldsyouwanttodisplayinyourtitleblock.Tagnamesmusthavea
maximumlengthof30charactersandarealsolowercase.Youwillthencreatea
cellfromthistagsetandattachittoyourborderelement.
TherearecorrespondingstepscompletedinProjectWiseAdministratorthat
connecttheProjectWisedatabasewiththetagset.Thistopiciscoveredindepth
intheProjectWiseAdministratorUserEssentialscourse.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
SelectingTags
SelectingTags
UsetheElementSelectiontoolselementtypetabtoselectTagelementsand
thenrefinethesearchusingattributesontheothertabsifdesired.
Toselectorisolateaspecifictag,usethe(Edit>SelectByAttributes)SelectBy
Attributesutility.TheModeoptionsdeterminehowfilteredelementsare
handled.
Youcanselectwhatyouwanttodowiththeelements.Doyouwantthe
resultstoincludeorexcludethefilteredtag?
Youcanselectthefilteredelementswithselectionhandles(Selection)or
displayonlythefilteredelements(Display).TheLocationoptionfiltersthe
locationofelementsandthentheycanbeselectedbyusingSelectAll.
Exercise:Selectspecifictagsbyattribute
1 OpenBSI700E0001EquipmentArrangement.dgn,selectEdit>SelectBy
Attributes.
2 IntheSelectByAttributesdialog,clicktheTagsbutton.
3 FromtheTagoptionsselectTanks.ID.
4 FromtheOperatoroptions,selectequalto.
5 IntheExpressionfield,type1202.
Thisfieldholdsavaluethatisrelevanttothetagandoperatorthatyou
havechosen.
6 ClickInsert.
Youcanfurtherrefinecriteriabyinsertingadditionalevaluations.Evaluate
additionaltags,orthesameone,usinganoperatorandrelevant
expression.Sincetherearefewtagsinthisdesign,thisexerciseusesonly
simplecriteria.
7 ReturntotheSelectByAttributesdialogandclickExecute.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Modifying Cells with Tags
Thesecondtankisselected.
Youcanaddlevel,elementtype,orsymbologycriteriafromthe
correspondingframeoftheSelectByAttributesdialogtorefinesearches.
Ifyousetthecolorto3,thesearchyoucreatedwouldreturnonlytanks
thatareredandmeetthecriteria.
8 ClosetheSelectByAttributesdialog,clickingCancelinthealerttostop
filtering.
9 CleartheselectionsetbyclickinginthefileorbyclickingClearinthe
ElementSelectiontoolsettings.
10 SelectFile>Close.
ModifyingCellswithTags
Youcanchangethegraphicsofcellsthatincludetagswithoutdeletingthetags.
Youmustdothiswithoutdroppingthecell,sincewhenyoudropacellthat
includesatag,thetagisdeleted.
Exercise:Disassociatetagsfromsharedcells
Project:Building
2 Open\dgn\BSI300GroundFloorPlan.dgn.
3 ZoomInonthefloorplansoyoucanseeindividualoffices.
Theroomlabelsarecellsandthenumberinsidetheblockisatagelement.
Firstyouselectthecellsthatyouwanttomodifyanddisassociatethetags.
4 Createaselectionsetcontainingthetwocells.
5 OpentheKeyinbrowser,typethefollowingandpressEnter:
CHANGETAGSDROPASSOC
6 Enteradatapoint.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ModifyingCellswithTags
Thetagsarenoworphananddisplaythetagname(RoomLabel)rather
thanthevalue.
Exercise:Changethegraphicsandreassociatethetags
1 ContinuinginBSI300GroundFloorPlan.dgn,selectPlaceEllipsewiththe
followingtoolsettings:
Method:Center
FillType:None
2 Placeanellipsethatisapproximatelythesamesizeastheroomlabel
block.
3 Copytheellipsetotheotheroffice.
4 Deletetheroomlabelblocks.
Finally,youwillreassociatethetagstothenewshapes.
5 Createaselectionsetthatincludestheellipsesandthetags.
6 IntheKeyinbrowser,typethefollowingandpressEnter:
CHANGETAGSREASSOC
7 Enteradatapointononeoftheellipses.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Tags and Databases
Note:Iftherearemultipletagsonasingleelement,selectthemallbefore
executingthekeyins.
9 SelectFile>Closewhenyouaredonewiththismodule.
TagsandDatabases
Tagtodatabase
UsetheTagtoDatabasedialogtoexporttagdatafromaDGNfileintoanexisting
databasetabledesignedtoholdthedata.SelectFile>Export>ToDatabasefrom
theTagSetsdialogtoopenit.TheTagtoDatabasedialogliststheavailabletag
setswhichyoucanaddtotheExporttagslist.Thetagisinsertedintothetable
columnwiththesamenameasthetag.
Onceasetisadded,selectitandclickDetailstoopenaninformationdialog.The
typesarethestandarddatatypessupportedbyMicroStation.EnabletheExport
totablecheckboxtoselectindividualtagstoexport.Uncheckittoexcludethe
tag.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
TagsandDatabases
Databasetotag
Thedatabasetotagutilityisusedtoconvertdatarecordsfromanexternal
database,whichislinkedtotheactivefile,intotagdata.
Adatabasemustbeattachedandproperlylinkedtoexistingelementsinthe
activefile.
Selectingdatatoimport
UsingoptionsintheColumnDetailsdialogyoucanloadthetagdataintotheDGN
fileandlinkittographicelements.Thisisenabledbydefault.Youcanalsodisplay
tagdatavaluesneartheassociatedgraphicelementbyenablingtheDisplaycheck
box.
Tostarttheconversionprocess,youneedtobeinanactivefilewithavalid
databaseattached.ThenselectFile>Import>FromDatabasefromtheTagSets
dialog.
Note: AnemptyDatabaseTablesfieldindicatesthatnodatabaseiscurrentlyattached
tothedesign.ClickCancel,attachthedatabase,andrestarttheutility.The
utilityshowsonlythosedatatablesfoundinthecurrentMSCATALOGtable.
Next,selectadatabasetableentryforimportfromtheDatabaseTableslistand
clickAdd.
Toselectindividualdatafieldstoimport,ortosetattachmentanddisplay
parameters,selectthedataintheImportTableslistandclickDetails.EnableAdd
tosettocreateatagdatadefinitionforthehighlighteddatabasedata.Uncheck
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Tags and Databases
ittoexcludethedata.EnableAttachtoloadalldataassociatedwiththe
highlightedfieldintotheDGNfilestagsetandlinkittothegraphicelements.
Importing
Whenallparametersareset,clickImport.Theutilitycreatesatag,type66,for
thedatainImportTableslist.Thedefinitionsarecreatedandloadedwiththe
tabledefinitionsfromtheexternaldatabaseandloadedintothiselement.
Thedatafromeachcolumninthedatabaseiscopiedintoatagelement,type37.
Alinkbetweeneachtagdatafieldandthegraphicelementsofthedesignis
creatediftheattachoptionwasenabled.Ifanydatawereselectedasdisplayable,
thedisplayableattributeofthetagelementisenabledandthedataisdisplayed
nearthegraphicelement.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 95 Advanced Annotation Tools and Techniques
AdvancedAnnotationTools
andTechniques
ModuleOverview
Thismodulediscussesadditionaltoolsandtechniquesforannotatingdesigns,as
wellasstyleremappingtechniques.
ModulePrerequisites
FamiliaritywithMicroStationstextanddimensioningtools
ModuleObjectives
Usethetexteditortoaddtabs,indents,symbolsandfields
Remaptextanddimensionstyles
UseXYZTexttools
Workwithdimensionsmoreefficiently
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Advanced Annotation Tools and Techniques 96 Feb-13
Questions
1 Whatistherelationshipbetweenmodelsandcells?
2 Wheredoyousetthetypeoftexteditoryouwilluse?
3 Whatisafont?
4 HowdoyouopentheKeyinbrowser?
Answers
1 Whetherafilehasthe.celor.dgnextension,youcanopenitasadesign.
Themodelsinthefilecontainthecellgeometry.Modelsthatwerecreated
with,Canbeplacedasacell,enabledcanbeplacedascells.Whetherafile
hasthe.celor.dgnextension,youcanattachitintheCellLibrarydialog.
2 IntheTextcategoryofthePreferencesdialog.
3 Astyleoflettering.
4 SelectUtilities>KeyinorpresstheKeyiniconinthePrimaryToolsbar.
FeaturesintheWordProcessorTextEditor
Insertingtabsandindents
TheWordProcessortexteditorletsyousetfirstlineindents,paragraphindents
andtabstops.
TabStops
First
Line
Indent
Paragraph
Indent
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
FirstLineIndentsaffectthefirstlineofeachparagraph,independentofthe
restoftheparagraph.
FirstLineIndentsaffectthefirstlineofeachparagraph,independentoftherestof
theparagraph.
FirstLineIndentsaffectthefirstlineofeachparagraph,independentofthe
restoftheparagraph.
TabStopsareinsertedwhenyoupresstheTabkeywhiletypingintheWord
Processor.Ifnonearecustomdefined,theyaresetatadistanceequalto4times
thetextwidthbydefault.
Customtabstopscanbespecifiedtooverridethisdistance.Tosetatabstop,just
clickonthetabruleratthepositionyouwantthetab.Tosetthefirstlineor
paragraphindents,clickonthedesiredmarkerattheleftoftheruleranddragit
tothespotyouwant.
Tomoveatabstop,placethepointeronatabstopmarkeranddragit.Toclear
tabstops,clickonthetabstopmarkerintheruler.
YoucanalsorightclickonthetabrulerandselectIndentsandTabsfromthepop
upmenu.settheparagraphandfirstlineindentsontheleftsideofthedialog.
IdentifytabpositionsnumericallyintheTabSettingssection.ClickSetaftereach
entry.YoucanalsocleartabstopsintheIndentsandTabsSettingsdialog.
Insertingfirstlineindents
FirstLineIndentsaffectthefirstlineofeachparagraph,independentoftherestof
theparagraph.
Tosetafirstlineindent,selecttheparagraphyouwanttoindent,rightclickonthe
tabrulerandselectIndentsandTabs.Setthefirstlineindentationnumericallyin
FirstLineIndentdefault
ParagraphIndentdefault
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Features in the Word Processor Text Editor
thefieldandclickOK.Youcanalsodragthefirstlineindentmarkerthatisonthe
topattheleftofthetabrulertothepositionwhereyouwantthetexttostart.
Exercise:Createastreetindexscheme
Project:Geospatial
2 Moveuponeleveltothe\bdrfolderandopenBSI200G01CityGrid.dgn.
3 ZoomInontheindexofstreetsoutsidethecitylimitsatthetopsoyou
canreadthestreetnames.
4 SelectPlaceTextwiththefollowingtoolsetting:
TextStyle:MapCoords
5 RightclickontheWordProcessorstabrulerandselectIndentsandTabs
fromthepopupmenu.
6 Type345intheTabSettingsfield,clickSet,andthenclickOK.
7 PresstheCapsLockonthekeyboard,typeZephyrWay,thenpresstheTab
keyonthekeyboardandtypeJ11.
8 Placethetextattheendofthelist.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Hint:Tocreateamultilineparagraph,useeitherwordwrappedtextorlinefeeds
createdbypressingShiftEnter.Acarriagereturn(Enter)createsanew
paragraph.
Insertingsymbols
Youcaninsertsymbolsassociatedwiththeactivefontandaddfrequentlyused
symbolstoyourFavoriteListforfasteraccess.
Toinsertasymbolwhileenteringoreditingtext,putthecursorinthedesired
locationandclickInsertSymbolintheWordProcessor.
Exercise:Addasymbol
1 ContinuinginBSI200G01CityGrid.dgn,usetheviewcontrolssoyoucan
seetheLegend.
2 IntheWordProcessor,settheactivefonttoWebdingsifitisavailable.
3 ClicktheInsertSymbolicon.
4 ScrolltotheendofthelistandclickonthePsymbol,whichisinthefirst
column.
5 ClickInsert.
6 SetthefollowingPlaceTexttoolsettings:
HeightandWidth:65.0000
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
7 Placethissymbolunderthelastsymbol.
8 Closethesymbolwindow.
9 Changethefollowingthetoolsettings:
Height:25.000
Width:23.000
10 IntheWordProcessor,changethefonttoArial,typethewordPARKING,
andplaceitnexttothesymbol.
11 PresstheCapsLockonthekeyboard.
12 SelectFile>ClosewhenyouaredonewiththeWordProcessor.
Toaddasymboltoyourfavoriteslist,rightclickthesymbolintheSymbolsdialog
andselectAddtoFavoriteListfromthepopupmenu.
IntheAddCharactertoFavoriteListdialog,typeadescriptionofthesymbol.This
descriptionwillappearinthefavoriteslistwhenyouclickthearrowtotherightof
theInsertSymbolicon.Tomodifyyourfavoriteslist,clickManageFavoriteListin
theSymbolsdialog.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
InsertField
UsethistooltoopentheFieldTypedialogdirectly.Youcanselectfieldtextand
changethetypeorchangethevalueeasily.Fieldsarediscussedlaterinthe
module.
Subscript,andSuperscript
Theseiconsletyoufurtherdefinetextusingsuperscriptandsubscript.
Important:Intheplacementtoolsettings,theApplychangestoalltextcheck
boxmustbedisabledtoplacesuperscriptandsubscripttext.
TheSuperscripticonletsyoucreatetextwithsuperscript.Typeinthetext,
clickthesuperscripticon,andthentypeinthedesirednumber.
TheSubscripticonletsyoucreatetextwithsubscript.Typeinthetext,click
thesuperscripticon,andthentypeinthedesiredvalue.
Valuewithoutsubscriptontheleft,withsuperscriptontheright
Changecase
Tochangecharactercase,firsthighlightthecharactersyouwanttochangeinthe
WordProcessortexteditor,thenrightclickintheselectedtextandselectChange
Case>UpperCaseorChangeCase>LowerCasefromthepopupmenu.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Insertingtextstringsderivedfromattributes
(Text)fieldsaretextstringsderivedfromtheattributesofanelement,the
propertiesofamodel,orthepropertiesofafile.
Fieldsbasedonelementattributesareupdatedtoreflectchangeswhenevera
changetotheelementcausestheattributetochange.Fieldsbasedonfileor
modelpropertiesareupdatedwhenthefileisopened.
Hint:YoucandraganddropanelementpropertyfromtheElementInformation
dialog.
Exercise:Addafilepropertyfield
Project:Plant
2 Open\dgn\BSI700D1100EquipmentDetails.dgn,modelD1102001.
3 WindowAreaaroundtheborderstitleblock.
4 SelectPlaceTextwiththefollowingtoolsettings:
Method:ByOrigin
TextStyle:1/8Text(HeightandWidth=0.1250)
5 IntheWordProcessor,rightclickandselectInsertField.
6 SelectFilePropertiesfromtheoptionsintheFieldTypedialogandclick
OK.
7 IntheFieldsEditordialog,clickintheFileNamerow.
8 IntheFileNameFormatarea,setPathtoFalse.
BottomleftshowsresultsbeforechangingFileNameformatandrightafterchangingtoFalse
Settingthepathtofalseexcludespathinformationfromthefield.
Youcanalsotoggledisplayoftherootfilename,showingonlythe
extension,orshowonlythefilesextension.Youcanselectthecasein
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
whichyouwantthefieldtodisplay.Thereisapreviewofthefieldcontents
atthebottomleftofthedialog.
9 ClickOK.
10 Placethetextundertheexistingtitleinformationinthetitleblock.
Thestringreflectsthefilename
Exercise:Changefileproperties
1 ContinuinginBSI700D1100EquipmentDetails.dgn,modelD1102001.
selectFile>Close.
2 IntheFileOpendialog,rightclickonBSI700D1100Equipment
Details.dgnandselectRename.
3 ChangethefilenametoBSI700D1100EquipmentDetailsFINAL.dgn.
4 Reopenthefile.
5 Thefilenametextfieldshouldupdate.
6 IffilenamedidnotupdatethenIntheKeyinbrowser,typethefollowing:
FIELDUPDATEALL
7 PressEnter.
Note: NotethatifUpdateFieldsAutomaticallyisenabledforamodelthefieldwould
updatewithoutissuingthekeyin.
Afieldcanappearanywherewithinatextstringandcanspanmultiplewordsor
lineswithinmultilinetext.
Textfieldbackground
Inordertodistinguishfieldsfromtextthatisentereddirectly,fieldshavealight
graybackground.ItsdisplaycanbetoggledinthePreferencesdialog.Select
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Workspace>Preferences,andselecttheTextcategory.EnabletheHideField
BackgroundcheckboxandclickOK.
Note: FieldsaresimilarinMicroStationandAutoCAD.AMicroStationfieldwillbe
savedtoDWGformataslongastheunderlyingfieldpropertyexistswithin
AutoCAD.
Fieldsandelements
Exercise:Updateafieldbymodifyinganelement
1 OpenBSI700D1102HorizontalTank.dgn.
HeightandWidth:10.000
3 IntheWordProcessor,rightclickandselectInsertField.
4 SelectElementPropertiesintheFieldTypedialogandclickOK.
5 Enteradatapointonthetank.
6 IntheFieldsEditordialog,expandtheGeometrysectionandclickinthe
Volumerow,andthenclickOK.
7 Placethefieldbelowthetank.
8 SelectScalefromtheMaintoolbox,withthefollowingtoolsettings:
Method:ActiveScale
X,Y,andZscale:1.5
9 Enteradatapointonthetank.
Thefieldupdatestoreflectthenewsize.
Placeholdersforfutureinformation
Aplaceholderfieldisafieldplacedinamodelastargetforfuturepopulation.
Placeholderfieldscanbethosepointingtothepropertiesofaregular,notshared,
cellandthosepointingtothepropertiesofalinktargetattachedtoaregularcell.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
UtilitiesintheTextStylesDialog
ToinsertafieldyourightclickintheWordProcessortexteditoratthepointat
whichyouwanttoinsertthefield,andthenselectInsertFieldfromthepopup
menu.TheFieldTypedialogletsyouselectthetypeyourecreating.
Fieldsbasedonelementattributesareupdatedtoreflectchangeswhenevera
changetotheelementcausestheattributetochange.Fieldsbasedonfileor
modelpropertiesareupdatedwhenthefileisopened.
Whenyouinsertthefieldplaceholder,youseethefieldnameuntilavalueis
inserted.
Placeholderlinknameandcellnameplaceholders
UtilitiesintheTextStylesDialog
Choosingthebestfont
Agoodwaytodecidewhichfontisthebesttouseistochangethepreviewinthe
TextStylesdialogsoitshowscharactersthatareoftenmistakenforeachother.
Thenchangefontstoseewhichismostlegible.
LowercaseIandL,thenumberone,anexclamationpoint,uppercaseO,andthenumberzero
Exercise:Changethepreviewtext
1 ContinuinginBSI700D1102HorizontalTank.dgn,selectElement>Text
Styles.
2 SelectView>PreviewTextintheTextStylesdialog.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Utilities in the Text Styles Dialog
3 ChecktheUsetheFollowingTextforPreviewcheckboxinthePreview
Textdialog,andtypealowercaseIandL,thenumberone,anexclamation
point,uppercaseO,andthenumberzero.
4 ClickOK.
5 ExperimentwithdifferentfontsontheGeneraltabandjudgetheresults.
Comparingtextstyles
OptionsontheAdvancedtabletyoucomparetextstylesusingComparisonand
Differencemodes.Selectthestylesyouwanttocompareandthenchoosethe
optionontheAdvancedtab.
Comparisonmodeshowsasidebysidecomparisonofallpropertiesoftwotext
styles.Thepropertiesaredividedintocategories.Thiscanhelpidentifysubtle
differences.Differencesmodeshowsthedifferencesbetweenthepropertiesof
twostyles.
RightComparisonoftextstylesandonleftDifferencesbetweenthe1/8TextMaskedand1/8Textstyles
Styleremappingtoupdatestylesautomatically
RightclickonatextstylenameintheTextStylesdialogandselectRemap
Elementstochangethetextstyleofalltextelementshavingonetextstyleto
anothertextstyle.Whenyouselectit,theRemapElementstoTextStyledialog
appearssoyoucanmakethechange.Theselectedtextstyleislistedasthe
source.SelectthedestinationstylefromtheDestinationoptionlist.
Exercise:Remapastyle
1 ContinuinginBSI700D1102HorizontalTank.dgn,openView5.
2 OpenSettings>DrawingScale,andchangescaleto1/4=10
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
LabelingCoordinatesAutomatically
TextStyle:1/4Text
AnnotationScale:Enabled
4 TypethewordtextinthetexteditorandplaceitinView5.
5 IntheTextStylesdialog,rightclickonthe1/4TextstyleandselectRemap
Elements.
6 IntheRemapElementstoTextStyledialog,selecttheDestination1/8
Text.
Thetextshrinkstothe1/8style.
7 SelectFile>Closewhenyouaredone.
UsetheXYZTexttoolstolabelcoordinatepoints,andtoimportandexportthem.
SelectTools>ToolBoxesandenableXYZTexttoopenthetoolbox.Generaltool
settingsareasfollows.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Labeling Coordinates Automatically
Orderdefinestheorderinwhichthelabeledpointdisplays,XYZorYXZ.The
YXZformatisusedifatextfileisstoredwithNorthingsandEastings
Unitsdefinesthecoordinateformat,suchasMasterUnits,SubUnits,etc.
Accuracyspecifiestheunitofaccuracyfordisplayingthepointcoordinates.
Separatordefinesthecoordinatedelimiteraseitheranewline,commaor
space
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Viewdefinestheviewtousewhenplacingthecoordinatelabel.Youcanalso
usethepointertoidentifythelocationbyselectingtheCursoroption.Prefix
letsyouspecifytheprefixforthex,yandzcoordinates
Thex,y,andzfieldsdynamicallydisplaythecoordinatesofthecurrentpointer
location
Labelingpointcoordinates
Exercise:Labelpoints
Project:Geospatial
2 Open\dgn\BSI200R01Environmental.dgn.
3 OpentheTrailsmodel.
4 RightclicktherightsideofthestatusbarandclickRunningCoordinates.
Thisletsyouseeacontinuouscoordinatereadoutasthepointermoves
aroundadesign
5 Settheactiveleveltotrailtext.
6 SelectthePlaceTexttoolandsettheTextStyletoMapCoordsLarge.
Liketags,thesetoolsusetheactivetextattributesettings.
7 Closethetexteditor.
8 SelectTools>ToolBoxesandopentheXYZTexttoolbox.
9 SelectLabelPointCoordinatewiththefollowingtoolsettings:
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Order:XYZ
Units:Master
Accuracy:0
Separator:Newline
View:Cursor
X,YPrefix:leavethedefaults
Thecoordinatevaluesareattachedtothepointerandtheychange,just
liketheinformationinthestatusbar,asyoumovethepointeroverthe
design.
Textaccuracy0,andRunningCoordinates=WorkingUnits
10 Snapto,andthenenteradatapointat,theendextentsofthetrails,
notingthevaluethatisreportedinthestatusbarandthoseofthe
coordinatesyouareplacing.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Thetoollabelstheexactlocationatwhichyouenteradatapoint.Youcan
usethemanipulationtoolstomovethevaluesaftertheyareplacedso
theyarereadable.
Exportingcoordinatevalues
TheExportCoordinatestoolletsyouexportcoordinatesintoanASCIItextfile.
Filenameisthenameofthefiletowhichthecoordinateswillbeexported.
PrefixandSuffixletyouaddmoremeaningfulprefixesandsuffixestothe
coordinatestring.
ThePoint#textfieldandcheckboxletyouaddapointnumbertoeachentry
inthetextfile.Eachseriesofcoordinateswillbeprefixedwithanumber,
startingwiththenumberspecifiedinthetextfield.Enablethecheckboxto
usethefield.
Single,Fence,andAllletyouexportsinglecoordinates,thecoordinatesofa
selectionset,ofallelementsinafence,orofALLgraphicelementsinadesign.
Exercise:Exportingcoordinates
1 OpenBSI200D03PublicWorks.dgn,andopentheLandmarksmodelifitis
notalreadyopened.
2 MakeLockstheactivelevel.
3 IntheLevelDisplaydialog,turnoffalllevelsinthedesign,andthenselect
theStreetsreferenceinthetargettreeandturnoffallitslevels.
4 UsetheElementSelectiontoolsLevelstabtoselectthelocks.
5 SelectExportCoordinateswiththefollowingtoolsettings:
Filename:dams.txt(addtheextension)
Order:XYZ
Format:Master
Accuracy:12
Separator:Space
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
View:1
6 ClickSingleinthetoolsettings,andclickOKtoaccepttheselectionset.
8 OpenNotepadandnavigatetothetextfiletoreview.
Thedefaultlocationisthesamefolderasthedesign,inthiscase
...WorkSpace\Projects\Examples\Geospatial\dgn\Drawings.
Importingcoordinatesvalues
ManyusersuseAccuDraworakeyintoplaceacellataparticularcoordinate.The
ImportCoordinatestoolcanmakethiseasier.
Youcanimportthecoordinatesaspointelements,cellsortext.Cellsareplaced
usingtheactivescaleandrotation,pointelementsusetheactiveDGNfile
attributes,andtextusestheactivetextattributes.
Exercise:UseImportCoordinatestoplacecells
1 ContinuinginBSI200R03PublicWorks.dgn,usePreviousModeltoreturn
toBSI200R01Environmental.dgn.
2 OpentheHydrographymodel.YoumayneedtoFittheview.
3 SettheactiveleveltoLocks.
4 OpentheKeyinbrowser,typeinas=2,andpressEnter.
Youhavesettheactivescaleinthefileto2.
5 SelectElement>Cells,checkDisplayAllCellsInPath,andthenclosethe
Cellsdialog.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
UtilitiesintheDimensionStylesDialog
6 SelectImportCoordinateswiththefollowingtoolsettings:
Filename:Browsetothetextfileyoucreated
Import:Cell
Order:XYZ
View:1
CELL:LOCKS
7 ClickProcess.
Thelockcellshavebeenplacedbasedonthecoordinatesstoredinthe
textfile.
Labelingelementcoordinates
TheLabelElementtoolletsyoulabelelementsindividually,usingaselectionset
orfence,orglobally.ThetoolsettingsareliketheLabelPointCoordinatetool.
TherearealsoSingle,FenceandAllprocessingoptions.
Thetoollabelstheverticesofelements.Ifanelementisacellortext,theoriginis
labeled.Youcanusethemanipulationtoolstomovethevaluesforreadability
aftertheyareplaced.
UtilitiesintheDimensionStylesDialog
Oncedrawingelementshavebeenestablishedatthepropersize,scale,and
orientation,addingdimensionsconveysimportantinformation.Thissection
presentssometipsforworkingwiththem.
Styleremappingtoupdatestylesautomatically
AsintheTextStylesdialog,rightclickonastylenameintheDimensionStyles
dialogandselectRemapElementstochangethetextstyleofalldimension
elementswiththatstyletoanotherstyle.Whenyouselectit,theRemap
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Utilities in the Dimension Styles Dialog
ElementstoDimensionStyledialogappearssoyoucanmakethechange.Select
thedestinationstylefromtheDestinationoptionlist.
Exercise:Remapastyle
Project:Building
2 Open\dgn\BSI300Elevations.dgn.
3 SelectDimensionLinearwiththefollowingtoolsettings:
(Style):mmDimension
4 Dimensionthelengthofthebuilding.
Thedimensionisdifficulttosee.
5 SelectElement>DimensionStyles.
6 IntheDimensionStylesdialog,copythemmDimensionstyleandrename
itmmDimensionlarge.ChangetheTextStyletoT5.0mmandSaveStyle.
7 RightclickonthemmdimensionstyleandselectRemapElements,
selectingmmDimensionlargeastheDestination.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
MaintainingDimensionAssociativity
8 ClickOK.
Thedimensionisnowreadable.
Addingadimensiondescription
EnabletheShowSecondaryUnitscheckboxontheUnitstaboftheDimension
StylesdialogandthenuseEditTexttoeditthelowerdimensiontoincludethe
description.
Exercise:Addadescription
1 ContinuinginBSI300Elevations.dgn,intheDimensionStylesdialog,select
theUnitstab.
2 ChecktheShowSecondaryUnitscheckboxandthenclicktheSaveicon.
3 ClickYestoalltoupdateanydimensionusingthisstyletothenewversion.
4 SelectEditTextandclickthelowerdimension.
5 Overidethe*withthetextstringSouthElevationandthenentera
datapointtoacceptthechange.
Note:The*isthetruevalueofthedimensionofthesecondaryunit.Youcan
replacetheSouthElevationtextwithan*togobacktothetruevalue
oryoucouldaddatextstringafterthe*andhaveavalueandtext
string.
Anassociationmeansanelementspositioninthedesignplaneasdefinedin
relationtoanotherelement.Whentheelementismoved,theassociatedelement
moveswithit.Dimensionelementscanbeassociatedwiththeelementswhose
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Maintaining Dimension Associativity
dimensionstheydisplay.Thesedimensionsupdatewhentheactualdimensionsof
theelementwithwhichtheyareassociatedchange.
Associationpointsareconnectedtotheelementbeingdimensioned.Toplace
associationpoints,theAssociationlockmustbeon.EnabletheAssociationlockin
thelocksmenuyouopenfromthestatusbar.
Avoidmixingassociatedandnonassociateddimensionsinadesign.Ifthetypes
becomemixed,treatalldimensionvalues,andsubsequentdesignchanges,asif
allthedimensionsarenonassociative.
Demonstration:Reassociateadimension
Project:Plant
2 Open\dgn\BSI700D1100EquipmentDetailsFinal.dgn
3 Dimensionsthathavelosttheirassociationtotheelementthattheyare
dimensioningdisplayasaheavydashedline.
Hint:DisplayBrokenAssociationswithDifferentSymbology,inthe
OperationcategoryofthePreferencesdialogcontrolsthisfeature.
4 SelectUtilities>DimensionAudit.
Thisisautilityforfindingdifferentdimensionproblems.Thereport
returnsthenumberofOverRiddentext,droppeddimensions,non
associativedimensions,andLostassociations.
TheFindNonAssociativeDimensionsoptionfindsdimensionsthatwere
placedwiththeassociationlockofforwerenotsnappedtoanelement
correctly.
5 ClicktheFindLostAssociationsicon,andthenclickDimensionAuditFind.
LeftbeforeDimensionAuditFindisselectedandRightafterselectingLostAssociations
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
6 Problemsarereported.adim
7 ClicktheNextItemarrowtodisplayandshoweachproblem.
Youzoominonthehighlightedspot.
8 IfdimensionsneedtobereassociatedusetheReassociateiconinthe
dimensiontoolbar.
Hint:UseReassociateDimensionwithafencetofixanumberoflostassociations.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Maintaining Dimension Associativity
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 119 Using Annotation Scale
UsingAnnotationScale
ModuleOverview
Annotationscaleisanoptionalscalefactorapplicabletotextelements,
dimensions,andcells.Applyingannotationscalewillensurethatwhenascaled
printiscreated,annotationsarethecorrectphysicalsize.Thismodulediscusses
conceptsandproceduresrelatedtoworkingusingannotationscale.
ModulePrerequisites
Knowledgeaboutmodelsandreferences
Someknowledgeabouttext,dimensions,andcells
ModuleObjectives
Applyannotationscaletocells,textordimensions
Changeamodelsannotationscale
Altertheannotationscalestatusofelements
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Using Annotation Scale 120 Feb-13
Questions
1 Howdoyouchangeanexistingmodelsproperties?
Answers
1 SelectthemodelintheModelsdialogandclickEditModelProperties,or
rightclickandselectProperties,toopenthePropertiesdialog.
HowDoesAnnotationScaleWork?
Ifyouwerecreatinga1m=200mscaledesign,anytext,dimensions,orcellsthat
wereplacedwouldhavetobe200timeslargerthannormalsotheywouldprintat
thecorrectsize.Withtheannotationscalesetto1:200,youdon'thavetoworry
aboutcalculatingthatsize.
Iftheannotationscalelockisenabledduringtextplacement,textisautomatically
scaledtothecorrectoutputsizeifyouchangeamodelsannotationscale.For
example,atextstylethatshouldbeprintedat5mmat1:200willbesizedinthe
modelat1000mm.Thetextwillbesizedat2500mmwhentheannotationscaleis
setto1:500.Thesamerulesapplytodimensionsandtocellsthataredesignated
asannotationcellsandareplacedwiththeannotationlockenabled.
YoucantoggletheannotationscalelockinthestatusbarsActiveLocksmenu,the
(Settings>Locks>Full)LocksdialogandtheLockstoolbox.Therearealsotoggles
intext,dimension,andcellplacementtoolsettings.
AnnotationScaleandText
Thereisanannotationscalelockinthetextplacementtools,toolsettings.Enable
ittoplacetextthatyouwanttorespectannotationscale.Ifyoucreatetextstyles
withitenabled,thelockturnsonautomatically.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
AnnotationScaleandText
Exercise:Annotationscaleandtext
Project:Building
2 Open\dgn\BSI300GI001Sheets.dgn,andopenthePlanSheetAE101
model.
Thegeometryinthisfilewasdrawnatfullsize,1:1.Thetextisdefinedby
textstylesthathaveannotationscalelockenabled.
3 WindowAreaaroundtheupperleftcornerofthesheetsoyoucanseethe
roomlabels.
4 SelectElement>TextStyles,anddoubleclickthestyleT7.0mmwhichwas
usedtoplacethelabelstomakeitactive,andthenlookattheproperties.
Thetextsizeis7.0andtheAnnotationScalelockisdepressed,soitison
forthestyle.
5 OpentheModelsdialogandclicktheEditModelPropertiesicon.
Themodelsannotationscaleissetto1:100.
6 Closethedialog,
7 TypethefollowingintotheKeyinbrowser,andthenpressEnter:
TX=
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Annotation Scale and Text
Theresultdisplaysinthestatusbar.Sincethetextsizeis7.0andthe
modelsannotationscaleissetto100,thefinaltextsizeis700(7.0x100).
Exercise:Changethemodelsannotationscale
1 ContinuinginBSI300GI001Sheets.dgn,openthePropertiesdialogforthe
modelandchangetheannotationscaleto1:200,clickOK,andthenlook
atthetext.
Whentheannotationscaleischangedtextthatwasplacedwiththe
annotationscalelockonscalesappropriately.Itremainsinproportionto
theelementsaroundit.
2 TypethefollowingintotheKeyinbrowser,andthenpressEnter:
TX=
Sincethetextsizeis7.0andthemodelsannotationscaleissetto200,the
finaltextsizeisnow1400(7.0x200).
3 FitView.
Theelementsinthemodelhavebeenscaled,andthetextlabelstoo.
4 SelectEdit>UndoEditModelPropertiestoresizethemodel.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
AnnotationScaleand Tags
Changestatusofexistingannotationelements
Forpreviouslyplacedannotationelements,youcantoggletheannotationscale
lockwiththekeyinsANNOTATIONSCALEADDandANNOTATIONSCALEREMOVE.
Ifaselectionsetisactive,thekeyinsapplyonlytoselectedannotationtext.Ifno
selectionsetisactive,allannotationelementsinthemodelwillbechangedtothe
annotationscaleoftheactivemodel.Also,besurethattheAnnotationScalelock
ison.
Hint:ThekeyinsareusefulifyouplacesomethingwiththeAnnotationScalelock
toggledtothewrongstate.
AnnotationScaleand Tags
Tagssupportannotationscalesincetheyareplacedwiththeactivetext
attributes.Justenabletheannotationscalelockinatextplacementtools,tool
settingsorintheLocksmenuyouopenfromthestatusbar.Thenplacethetags.
Whenthereisachangeinamodelsannotationscale,thetagsinthemodel
updatetofitthenewannotationscale.
Exercise:Seeannotationscaleappliedtotags
1 ContinuinginBSI300GI001Sheets.dgn,WindowAreaaroundthesheets
titleblock.
2 SelecttheEditTagstool.
3 Followingthestatusbarprompt,clickonthetextstringGroundFloor
Planinthetitleblock.
Thetitleblockinformationistagdata.
4 ClickCancel.
5 OpentheModelsdialogandclicktheEditModelPropertiesicon.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Annotation Scale and Tags
6 Changetheannotationscaleto1:50andclickOK.
Theplanbecomeslarger,nolongerfittingthesheetboundary,andthetag
textscalesalongwithit,respectingannotationscale.Thedimensionsalso
scale.Annotationscalecanapplytodimensiontext.
7 SelectEdit>Undo.
8 SelecttheChangeTextAttributestool,expandthetoolsettings,checkthe
checkboxprecedingtheannotationscaleicon,andclicktheiconto
disableit.
9 ClickontheGroundFloorPlantaginthetitleblock.
Thetagissosmallitisbarelyvisibleinthemodel.
10 SelectEdit>Undo.
11 IntheChangeTextAttributestoolsettings,clicktheannotationscaleicon
toturnitbackonanduncheckthecheckbox.
12 FitView.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
AnnotationScaleand Dimensions
AnnotationScaleand Dimensions
Thereisalsoanannotationscalelockinthedimensioningtoolstoolsettings.
Enableitsotheannotationscaleisappliedtoanydimensiontextthatisplacedin
amodel.
Demonstration:Dimensionswithannotationscaleenabled
1 ContinuinginBSI300GI001Sheets.dgn,youseethattherearedimensions
onthesheet.
2 SelectElement>DimensionStyles,clicktheTexttab,andnotethatthe
mmDimensionstyleusedusesatextstyle.
Youcanalsoseethattheannotationscaleiconisenabled.Thedimensions
inthefilewereplacedusingannotationscale.Inthepreviousexerciseyou
changedthemodelsannotationscaleto1:50.Everythingontheplan
scaledsoitwaslargerthantheborder,includingthedimensions.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Annotation Scale and Cells
AnnotationScaleand Cells
Whenyoucreateanewmodel,youcanspecifythatitwillbeabletobeplacedas
acell.Ifyouenablethatoptionyoucanalsospecifythatitcanbeplacedasan
annotationcell.TheseoptionsarelocatedintheCellPropertiessectionofthe
CreateModeldialog.Forexistingmodels,youcanusetheModelProperties
dialogtosettheseproperties.
ThePlaceActiveCelltoolsettingshaveanannotationscalelock.Enableittoplace
theannotationcellsthatrespectannotationscale.
Ifanannotationcellisusingannotationscale,textanddimensionsthatarepartof
thecellwillalsousethesamescale.
Note: ThereisacheckboxintheCreateModeldialogtopropagatethemodels
annotationscale.Itisrecommendthatyouusethisoptionasitis
recommendedthatyouuseasingleannotationscaleforallannotationsina
model.
Exercise:Annotationscaleasappliedtocells
1 ContinuinginBSI300GI001Sheets.dgn,ZoomInandmovethepointer
overoneoftheblocksthatcontaintheroomnumbers.
Thesearecellsthatwerecreatedasannotationcells.
2 SelectElement>Cells,rightclickontheRoomLabelcell,andselectOpen
forEditingfromthepopupmenu.
3 OpenthePropertiesdialogfortheRoomLabelmodel.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
AnnotationScaleand Cells
ItsgeometrywascreatedatfullsizeandtheCanbePlacedasan
AnnotationCellcheckboxischeckedsoitwillrespectannotationscale.
4 Closethedialog.
5 ClickPreviousModeltoreturntoBSI300GroundFloorPlan.dgn.
Aswiththepreviousexercise,whenyouchangedthemodelsannotation
scaleto1:50,everythingontheplanscaledsoitwaslargerthanthe
border,includingtheroomlabelcells.
Changingscale
UsethekeyinANNOTATIONSCALECHANGE<scale>tochangethescaleofexisting
annotationcells.Ifaselectionsetisactive,thekeyinappliesonlytoselected
annotationcells.Ifnoselectionsetisactive,allannotationcellsforthemodelare
included.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Annotation Scale and Cells
Hint:Youcanlookupthevalueofascalein...WorkSpace\System\Data\scales.def.
Openitwithatexteditorandnotethevaluesintherighthandcolumn.
Identifyingannotationcells
Inthe(Element>Cells)CellLibrarydialog,annotationcellscanbeidentifiedbyan
annotationiconintheAnnotationcolumn.
ThesamecolumnisalsoavailableintheModelsdialogtohelpyouidentify
annotationcells.Toenableitsdisplay,rightclickacolumnheadingandenableIs
AnnotationCell.
HeaderoptionsfromModelsdialog
And,asalwaysyoucanseethisinformationifyouselectacellandopenthe
ElementInformationdialog.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ModelBasedControl
ModelBasedControl
Whencreatingamodelyouhavetheoptionofsettinganannotationscale.Ifyou
changethemodelsannotationscaleintheModelPropertiesorDrawingScale
dialog,anytext,dimensions,or(annotation)cellsthatyouplacedwiththe
annotationscalelockenabledinthetoolsettings,willautomaticallybescaledby
thatamount.
Exercise:Models,text,cells,anddimensionswithannotationscale
2 OpenthePropertiesdialogforthemodel.
Itwascreatedwithanannotationscaleof1:100.
3 IntheReferencesdialogyoucanseethatthisdrawingmodelismadeupof
the(referenced)geometryfromDesignComposition.dgn.
Italsoincludessomeannotationsthatwillstaywiththisgeometry.They
wereplacedwiththeannotationscalelockenabled.
4 DoubleclickthefilenametoopentheAttachmentSettingsdialogforthe
reference.
TheDetailScaleissetto1:100
Note: Whenreferencingadesignordrawingmodel,thereferencedmodel's
annotationscaleisappliedasthedetailscale,andtheReferenceScale
(Scale(Master:Ref))iscalculatedfromthereferencedmodelsannotationscale
andtheactivemodelsannotationscale.Soheretherelationshipis1:1.
Exercise:Theprintablesheet
1 Open\dgn\BSI300GI001Sheets.dgn,andopenthePlanSheetAE101
model.
Thisfilecontainstheprintablesheetwiththeborderattached.Inthis
examplethedesigndataisbeingscaledtofitaborder.Thesheetborderis
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Model Based Control
placedatfullsizeandthedesigninformationisscaledupordowntofit
inside.
BSI300GroundFloorPlan.dgnisreferencedwiththeDetailScaleat1:100
again,makingtherelationship1:1.Theborderisreferencedatfullsize.
Theratioofmasterunitsintheactivemodelis100to1ofthemasterunits
intheattachedborder.
2 Fittheviewsoyoucanseetheentiresheet,selectMeasureDistance,and
measurethelengthofthebuilding.
Snaptotheoutercornersofthetowers
Itis52500.0mm.
3 OpenthePropertiesdialogforthemodelandchangetheannotationscale
to1:200.
Thereferencedmodel,allthecells,dimensions,andeventheannotations
thatwereaddedtothesheetborderbecometwiceassmall.
4 SelectMeasureDistanceandmeasurethelengthofthebuilding.The
distanceis26250.0mm.
Thegeometryisnotscaling,justitspresentation,andtheannotationsare
automaticallyscaledtothecorrectoutputsize.
5 SelectEdit>Undo.
6 SelectFile>Close.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 131 Creating Dynamic Sheets
CreatingDynamicSheets
ModuleOverview
Thismodulepresentsworkflowsandmethodsyoucanusetoorganizeproject
dataandcreatedynamicplotsheetsthatupdateautomaticallywhengeometry
updates.
ModulePrerequisites
Understandingofdesignandsheetmodels
Understandingofsavedviews
UnderstandingofReferences
Basicknowledgeaboutdetailingsymbols
Knowledgeofclipvolumes
UnderstandingofProjectExplorer
Knowledgeaboutdisplaystyles
ModuleObjectives
Organizeprojectdata
Createdynamicsavedviewsforuseinsheets
Createmultiscaledetailsheetsusingdifferentmethods
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Creating Dynamic Sheets 132 Feb-13
Questions
1 Whatisasavedview?
2 Whatisasheetmodel?
3 WhatisthepurposeofProjectExplorer?
4 Howdoyouattachareference?
Answers
1 AnamedviewdefinitionsavedinaDGNfileforlaterrecallorforattaching
toanothermodelasareference.
2 Atypeofmodelthatservesasanelectronicdrawingsheet.Ittypically
consistsofdesignmodelreferencesthatarescaledandpositionedto
createaprintablesheet.
3 ItisusedtomanageprojectdatawithinMicroStation.Projectdatais
storedinlinksetsinaDGNlibrary.Alinksetcontainshierarchical
informationaboutlinks(groupedprojectdata).
4 OpentheReferencesdialog,selectAttachReferenceandsetadditional
settingsintheAttachmentsettingsdialog.TheAttachmentmethodshould
beInteractivetosetadditionalsettings.
CreatingDynamicSheets
Whenateamofusersworkonaproject,theytypicallyworkonseparatefilesto
allowmultiplepeopletoworkatthesametime.Membersoftheteamworkon
differentaspectsoftheproject,andreferencesareusedtocommunicategraphic
contentacrosstheteam.OnewaytoviewaprojectisasanetworkofDGNnodes
withreferencesfilesastheconnectionsbetweenthem.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
UsingProjectExplorertoOrganizeData
WhenprojectdataisorganizedusingProjectExplorer,itdoesnotmattertousers
wherefiles,models,orsupportingdocumentsareactuallylocated.Itisacatalog
ofresourcessuchasdrawings,sheets,plans,elevations,sections,anddetails.
Topopulateityoucreateasettoholdthedata(designandotherwise)andthen
createthedesiredfolderstructureinit.Nextyoucreatelinkstotheactualdata.
Youcancreatelinksattheproject,folder,ormodellevel.
Thefirststepwhencreatingdynamicsheetsistoassembleyourprojectdatausing
projectExplorer.
Creatinglinks
YouusetheoptionsonProjectExplorersCreateLinklist,openedbyclickingthe
firsticoninthedialog,tocreatethelinks.Therearesixtypesoflinks.
UsingLinkFromFileyoucanlinktoaDGNfileortomodels,savedviews,or
referencesinafile.YoucanlinktoindividualsheetsinanExceldocument,oreven
toaheadinginaWorddocument.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Using Project Explorer to Organize Data
Therestoftheoptionsletyoucreateothertypes.Youcancreatelinkstofolders
onyoursystemornetwork,toMicroStationkeyins,toWebsitesandemail
addresses,ortootherlinksets.
Anotherwaytopopulatealinksetsfoldersistouseaconfigurationvariablethat
identifieseachpartoftheprojectdirectorystructure.Thisisaconfiguration
variablelink.Anyconfigurationvariablethatlocatesfilesordirectoriescanbe
usedtodefineaconfigurationvariablelink.Eachlinkandspecifiesthetypeof
resourcetoharvestfromthefiles.
Creatinglinkstofinddesigns,references,andcelllibrariesusingpredefinedvariables
Exercise:Wherewerethemodelsfound?
Project:General
2 Open\dgnlib\general.dgnlib.
3 ClicktheProjectExplorertabatthebottomoftheTasksdialog.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
4 InProjectExplorer,clicktheManageLinkSetsmagnifyingglassand,inthe
LinkSetsdialog,selectActiveFile(general.dgnlib)fromtheoptionlistat
thetop.
Thisgivesyouaccesssoyoucaneditthelinksetsinthefile.Youcannot
editlinksetsunlessyouareinthefilethatcontainsthem.Asabest
practice,thefileinwhichyoucreatelinksetsshouldbeaDGNLIB.
5 InProjectExplorer,withtheExampleslinksetactive,rightclickthe
DesignsnodeandselectProperties.
Thisdialogshowsyouthatdesignmodels(indicatedbythestring
Model:Design)wereharvestedusingaconfigurationvariablelink.Inthis
case,fromthefolderidentifiedbytheMS_DEFconfigurationvariable.By
default,thisvariablepointstoaprojects\dgnfolder.
6 ClickCancel.
Nextyouwillcreateasimplefolderstructuretoholdyourprojectslinks.
Exercise:Createafolderstructure
1 Continuingingeneral.dgnlib,intheLinkSetsdialog,clickNewLinkSet,
andnameitTown.
2 WiththenewlinksetTown,activeinProjectExplorer,clicktheNew
FoldericonandnamethefolderSeedfiles.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Using Project Explorer to Organize Data
3 CreateanothernewtoplevelfoldernamedDesigns.
Thenextstepistopopulatethefolderswithlinkstotheitemsyouwantto
include.
Exercise:Createlinks
1 InProjectExplorer,highlighttheDesignsfolder,clicktheCreateLinkicon
andselectFolderLink.
2 IntheBrowseForFolderdialog,navigateto
\ProgramData\Bentley\MicroStation\WorkSpace\Projects\Examples\Gen
eral\dgn,andthenclickOK.
Thislinkaccessesjustthefilesinthisfolder.Tofindyourseedfilesyouwill
createaconfigurationvariablelinkusinganexistingMicroStation
configurationvariable.
3 HighlighttheSeedfilesfolder,clicktheCreateLinkicon,andselect
ConfigurationVariableLink.
4 TypethenameSeedmodels,setVariabletoCustom(UserDefined),type
thefollowingintheVariablenamefield,andthenclickOK:
{Models}$(MS_SEEDFILES)
Specifyingjust{Models}locatesalltypesofmodels.MS_SEEDFILESisthe
pathtothefoldercontainingseedfilesthatisdefinedforthisproject.
5 intheLinkSetsdialog,selectConfiguredLibraries(MS_DGNLIBLIST)from
theoptionlistatthetopandclosethedialog.
Thismakesthelinksetsreadonlyagainandalsoletsthembeseen
throughouttheproject.
NowyouwillseehowProjectExplorerletsyoueasilyaccessprojectdata.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Exercise:Usethelinkstostartyourproject
1 InProjectExplorer,makeTowntheactivelinkset.
2 ExpandtheDesignsnode,andthenthedgn/node.
3 RightclickonthelinktoReference.dgnandselectOpen.
Youareredirectedtothefile.Youwillcreateyourdesigncompositionin
thisfile.
4 InProjectExplorerexpandtheSeedfilesnode,thentheSeedmodels
node,andthentheseed/node.
5 OpentheModelsdialog.
6 InProjectExplorer,expandtheExampleSeed.dgnlink,dragthe
ExampletownmodelintotheModelsdialog,anddropit.
Thenewmodelopens.Aroadisalreadyplacedtohelpyougetstarted.
7 FitView.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Design Composition
DesignComposition
Afterprojectlinksetshavebeencreated,itistimetocreateadesigncomposition
model.Thepurposeofthiscompositionistobringtogetheronlythedesired
contentbyreferencingitintothemodel.
ThedrawingcompositionworkflowcontainsaDesignCompositiontaskwithtools
forcreatinganewfile,anewdesignmodel,andforreferencing.
Exercise:Referenceinthegeometry
1 IntheModelsdialog,clickEditModelPropertiesfortheExampletown
model,checktheUpdateFieldsAutomaticallycheckbox,andthenclick
OK.
Thisallowsanytextfieldstoupdateautomaticallywhenthepropertythey
arebaseduponchanges.Rememberthattextfieldsarecontainersfortext
thatisderivedfromanelement,model,orfileproperty.
2 IntheTasksdialog,selecttheTownTaskExample.
3 OpentheReferencesdialogandattach\dgnlib\general.dgnlibwiththe
followingtoolsettings:
Model:Hotel
Orientation:StandardViews>Top
Scale(Master:Ref):1.000:2.000
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
DesignComposition
4 Placethegeometryontherightsideoftheroad.
UsetheMoveReferencestoolifneededtopositionthegeometry.
5 Attach\dgnlib\general.dgnlibwiththefollowingtoolsettings:
Model:Grocery
Orientation:StandardViews>Top
Scale(Master:Ref):1.000:1.000
6 Placethegeometryontheleftsideoftheroad.
Realistically,thegeometrywouldbecontainedinfilesthatresidein
foldersdesignatedfordesignwork.Thisgeneralpurposeprojectisnot
structuredinthatmanner.
Adeliveredprojectstructure
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
View Composition
ViewComposition
Inthisphaseoftheworkflow,youcreateanysectionandplanviewsforthe
project.
Exercise:Createasheetwithasavedviewofthetownattached
1 ContinuingintheExampletownmodel,clicktheTakepicturestaskstab.
2 IntheTakepicturestask,clickRotateViewandrotatetoaTopview.
3 SelectChangeViewAttributesandturnoffConstructionsandGrid.
4 FitView.
5 IntheTakepicturestask,clickCreateSavedViewwiththefollowingtool
settings:
Method:FromView
ViewType:SavedView
Name:plan
Description:Plancomposition
CreateDrawing:Checked
7 IntheCreateDrawingdialog,setthefollowing:
DrawingSeed:Plan_Metric_A2_SheetOnly
CreateSheetModel:Checked
AnnotationScale:1:200
OpenModel:Checked
8 ClickOK.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ViewComposition
Thesheetmodelopensautomatically,andthesavedviewthatwas
createdisautomaticallyattachedasareference.Adrawingtitle
identifyingthesheethasbeenaddedtothebottomofthesheet.
RedboxindicatesDrawingTitle
9 OpentheSavedViewsdialogtoseethesavedviewnamedplan.
10 OpentheReferencesdialoganddoubleclickthefilename.
Inthereferenceattachmentsettings,theNestedAttachmentsoptionis
settoLiveNestingwithadepthof99toensureallreferenceddataisseen.
SynchronizewithSavedViewisonbydefaultsothatifthesavedviewthat
isattachedupdates,thesheetdatawillupdate.
11 Closethedialog.
12 IntheModelsdialog,clickEditModelPropertiesforthemodelandnote
thatUpdateFieldsAutomaticallyischecked.
Theprocessthatgeneratedthesheetdidthisautomatically.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
View Composition
TheCreateDrawingdialog
ThisdialogopenswhenyouusethePlaceSectionCallout,PlaceDetailCallout,
andPlaceElevationCallout,CreateSavedView,orCreateClipVolumetoolsand
theCreateDrawingcheckboxischeckedinthetoolsettings.
WhentheCreateSavedViewcheckboxischecked,asavedviewisautomatically
created.Withthisenabledtheotheroptionsbecomeavailable.Youcan
automaticallycreateaDrawingmodelwhichiswhereyouwouldcreatea2D
drawingcomposition.Youcanalsoautomaticallycreateasheetmodel,asyou
haveseen.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
SheetComposition
SheetComposition
Inthisphaseoftheworkflow,youplacedetail,elevation,plan,andsectionviews
onsheets.UsetheAnnotatetoolsfromtheDrawingCompositionworkflowfor
this.
Youcanattachasavedviewasareferenceonasheetbyhandorautomatically.
Thedisplaysettingsandlevelmasksofthesavedviewwillbeusedinthe
reference.
Exercise:Createasheetwithasavedviewofthegeometryattached
1 MaketheDrawingCompositiontasksactiveintheTasksdialog.
2 SelectPlaceSectionCallout,withthefollowingtoolsettings:
DrawingSeed:Section_Metric_A2_SheetOnly
Height:FromView
AnnotationScalelock:Enabled(depressed)
CreateDrawing:Enabled
3 Followingthestatusbarprompt,enteradatapointonthehotel.
4 Followingthenextprompt,enteradatapointonthehotelsrightside.
5 Drawthesectionlineacrossthehotel,towardtheroad,enteringadata
pointwhenthelineisplaced.
6 IntheCreateDrawingdialog,setthefollowing:
Name:HotelAASection
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Sheet Composition
CreateSheetModel:Enabled
AnnotationScale:1:100
OpenModel:Disabled(importantforstep9)
7 ClickOK.
8 Rightclickonthesectioncalloutandcontinuetopressuntilthepopupmenu
opens.SelectFollow>Link>[filename]Section,Sectiontoopenthemodel.
9 FitViewandnotethesheetscontents.
10 ZoomInonthedrawingtitleandnotethattheinformationisfilledin
automatically.
Ifyoumoveadetailingsymbolassociatedwiththesavedview,itwillchangethe
savedviewinthedesignmodel.Becausethesavedviewwasattachedtoasheet,
itwillalsochangeonthesheet.Youcanchangeadetailingsymbolandhavethe
referenceupdateautomatically.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
SheetComposition
Exercise:Usingdynamics
1 UseGoToPreviousModeltoreturntoPlanmodel.
2 Clickonthedetailingsymbolsoyoucanseetheclipvolumeagain.
3 UseElementSelectiontoselectthetopboltoftheclipvolumeandmoveit
downtowardthehotel.Movetheleftboltintowardthecenterofthe
hotel.
4 RightclickonthesectioncalloutandreopentheSectionmodel.
5 OpenView8.
6 OpentheSavedViewsdialogandapplytheSavedViewPlantotheview.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Sheet Composition
7 UsetheElementSelectiontooltomovethetwoboltsbacktotheirformer
locations,watchingthesheet.
Whetheryouchangethemodelitselforthesavedviewyoucreatedfrom
it,thesheetupdates.
IntheSavedViewsdialog,rightclickingasavedviewandselectingFindUsesfrom
thepopupmenuopenstheSavedViewUsagedialog.Thisdialogshowsthe
drawingandsheetmodelsinwhichtheselectedsavedviewisused.Youcanselect
thedesiredmodelfromthelistandclickOpentonavigatetothemodel.
Thefollowingexercisedemonstratesyetanotherwaytodynamicallychangethe
sheet.
Exercise:Usingdynamicsheets
1 ContinuingintheHotelAASectionmodel,openView2.
2 OpentheViewAttributesdialogforView2.
3 ExpandtheViewSetupsection,andsetModelstoPlan.
4 TiletheviewwindowsandFitViewinboth.
5 UseElementSelectiontoselectthesectioncalloutlineinthePlanmodel
andmoveitabit.
Notethedynamicchangetothesheet.
6 RightpressonthesectioncalloutlineandselectCreateStep.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
MultiScaleDetailSheets
7 Followingthestatusbarprompts,snaptothecenterofthesectionline,
thestartpoint,andenteranotherdatapointabovetocreateastep.
Notethedynamicchangetothesheetview.
Themethodyouselecttocreatesheetsthatcontainmultiscaleddetailsdepends
onthetypesofdesignsyoucreate.
Typically,thegeometrythatmakesupadetailsheetisdrawnusingtheactual
scaleoftheobjects.Notethatyoushouldnotdrawadetailandthenscalethe
actualgeometrydowntofitaborder.Usingthismethod,thedesigncannotbe
easilyedited,orreused,later.
Scalingthedetails
Onemethodofcreatingadetailsheetistodrawthedetailsandthenreference
themintoaborder.Withthismethod,theborderisplacedatfullsizeandthe
designinformationisscaledupordowntofitinsidetheborder,similartotheway
drawingsarecreatedwhenmanualdrafting.Alltextanddimensioningisplacedat
fullsize.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Multi-Scale Detail Sheets
Referencestothedesignarethenplacedattheappropriatescalesasrequired,to
fitinsidetheborder.
Twodetailsatfullscale
Detailsscaledandreferencedtoaborder
Detailscaleoptions
ThedetailsscaleoptionsintheReferenceSettingsAttachmentdialogrepresent
theMaster:Refscaleintermsofthesheetscale.Ifyoursheetscale,whichisthe
annotationscale,is1/8=1andyouwanttoplaceadetailreferenceofscale1/4
=1,selectthenewscalefromtheDetailScaledropdownlist.Itautomatically
computestheMaster:Refscaleas2:1.
Exercise:Attachmultiscaleddetails
1 OpenMicroStation_Essentials_V8i.dgn,andopenthemodelMultiScaled
DetailRefsSheet.
2 MaketheDrawingCompositiontaskstheactivetasks.
3 OpentheReferencesdialogandclickAttachReference.
4 SelectMicroStation_Essentials_V8i.dgnandclickOpen.
5 IntheReferenceAttachmentSettingsdialog,setthefollowing:
Model:MultiScaledDetailRefsGeometry
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Orientation>SavedViews:PartC
DetailScale:1=10
ScaleMaster:Refchangesto1:12.Youareplacingthesavedviewat1=1.
6 EnteradatapointtopositionthereferenceabovethetitletextDetail
Scale1=1.
7 ClickAttachReferenceandattachMicroStation_Essentials_V8i.dgn.
Orientation>SavedViews:PartB
DetailScale:1/2=10
ScaleMaster:Refchangesto1:24.Youareplacingthesavedviewat1/
2=1.
9 EnteradatapointtopositionthesavedviewabovethetitletextDetail
Scale1/2=1.
10 ClickAttachReferenceandattachMicroStation_Essentials_V8i.dgn.
Orientation>SavedViews:PartA
DetailScale:3/4=10
ScaleMaster:Refchangesto1:16
12 EnteradatapointtopositionthesavedviewabovethetitletextDetail
Scale3/4=1.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Exercise:Dimensionadetail
1 ContinuingintheMultiScaledDetailRefssheetmodel,ZoomInonthe
rightsideofthe3/4=1reference.
2 ChangetheactiveleveltoDimensions.
3 SelectDimensionLinearfromtheDrawingtasks,andthendimensionthe
pipe.
Thesizeis1foot,theactualsizeofthepipe.
4 SelectFile>Close.
Scalingthemodel
Youcanalsoreferencedetailsintoaplotsheetmodelandthenscalethemodel.
Thishasbenefitsrelatedtotextsize.Youcanplacethetextatthesizeatwhich
youneedittoplotandannotationscaleletsyousetthescaleatwhichthedesign
willbeplotted.
Itisagoodideatohaveseparatedesignmodelsandsheetmodels.Thisletsyou
keepinformation,suchastextanddimensioning,separatefromthedesign.Italso
reducesthelikelihoodofconflictsifotherswanttoreferencethesamedesign
modelforuseinasheetofadifferentscale.
Exercise:Workwithasheetmodelcontainingmultiscaledetails
User:examples
Project:Plant
2 Open\dgn\BSI700Sheets.dgn,andopenthemodelC0301001.
3 OpentheReferencesdialog.
Youcanseethesheetismadeupofreferencedmodels.Clickoneach
modelandnotethescaleatthebottomoftheReferencesdialog.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
4 ClicktheAnnotatetaskintheDrawingCompositiontasks.
5 SelectPlaceTextfromtheDrawingCompositiontaskswiththefollowing
toolsettings:
TextStyle:(none)
Height&Width:0.2
AnnotationScale(icon):Enabled(depressed)
6 Inthetexteditor,typeMultiscalesheetandplacethetextabovethetitle
block.
7 SelectMeasureDistanceandmeasurethedetailatthelowerleft.
Itmeasures500.000.
8 OpentheModelsdialog,rightclickonmodelC0302001andselect
Properties.
Youseethattheannotationscaleis1/4=10.
9 Changethescaleto1/2=10andclickOK.
10 ClickYesinthealert.
Youcanseetheoriginalsheetelementinthelowerleftcorner.Thesheet
anditsdetailsarenowfourtimesaslarge.
11 SelectMeasureDistanceandmeasurethedetailatthelowerleft.
Itstillmeasures500.000
12 Notethetextthatyouplacedwithannotationscaleenabled.
Ithasscaledwiththesheetmodel.
Exercise:Dynamicupdate
1 IntheReferencesdialog,rightclickthereferencewiththeLogicalnameA
A(inBSI700C0301RRCarContainment.dgn)andselectExchange.
2 Selecttheelementsinthedesign.
3 Changetheactivecolorto3andreleasetheselectionset.
Theelementshavechangedcolor.
4 ReturntomodelC0301001.
Thereferencedmodelshowsthecolorchange.Whenyoualteramodel
thatisreferencedintothesheet,thesheetupdates.
5 SelectFile>Close.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Referencesandactivemodelannotationscale
Inthepast,youmayhaveaddedannotationstodesignmodelsthatare
referencedintosheets.Youalsomayhaveaddedannotationsdirectlyonthe
sheet.Iftheannotationsweretoosmall,youwouldhavechangedthemodel's
annotationscale,butthatwouldhaveaffectedonlytheannotationsdirectlyon
thesheet.Theannotationsinthereferencewerenotchanged.Therefore,the
onlywayyoucouldchangetheannotationswastoexchangeintothereference
andscalethem.
Nowtheactivemodelsannotationscaleappliestoannotationsinreferencestoo.
Ifyouchangethescaleoftheannotationsonthesheet,thescaleofthe
annotationsinthereferenceschangesalso.
Tomakeareferencesannotationsusetheactivemodelsannotationscale,you
mustturnontheoption.ThereisacolumnnamedUseActiveAnnotationScalein
theReferencesdialog.Ifthiscolumnisnotvisible,rightclickacolumnheading
andenableit.Toturnonthisoptionforareference,clickinthecolumncreatinga
checkmark.
ExistingannotationsinaDGNfilecreatedwithearliereditionsofMicroStation
cannotbescaledautomatically.Tomakethemusetheiractivemodel'sannotation
scale,keyinANNOTATIONSCALEELEMENTSETDYNAMICFLAG.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 153 Single and Multi-Sheet Printing
SingleandMultiSheetPrinting
ModuleOverview
ThismodulediscusseshowtousetheMicroStationprintingsystemtomanage
andcreatesingleprintedoutput.ItalsoshowshowtousePrintOrganizerasa
utilityforcreating,managing,andpublishingprojectdeliverables.Itisa
replacementfortheBatchPrintutility.
ModulePrerequisites
FundamentalknowledgeaboutMicroStationsprintingsystem
Knowledgeaboutviewcontrols
ModuleObjectives
Specifytheprintarea
Setprintattributes
Senddatatotheprinter
Saveaprintconfiguration
Usepentables
Createandpopulateprintsets
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Single and Multi-Sheet Printing 154 Feb-13
Questions
1 Whatisaprinterdriver?
2 InthePrintdialog,howistheinitialprintareadetermined?
3 WhatisthedifferencebetweenusingtheWindowsprinterandaBentley
printerdriver?
Answers
1 Softwarethatconvertsthedatatobeprintedtotheformspecifictoa
printer.
2 WhenthePrintdialogisopened,iftheactivemodelisasheetmodel,the
printareaisobtainedfromit.Ifnosheetdefinitionexists,butthereisa
fence,thefencedefinestheprintarea.Ifnosheetdefinitionorfence
exists,theprintareaisthefirstopenviewwindow.
3 SelectingWindowsdriverautomaticallyloadstheWindowsprinterdriver
configurationfile.Bentleydriversaretextfilesthatsupplyallthe
necessaryinformationtocreateaprintorplot,inaparticularplotter
languageformat.
PrintingSingleSheets
Printingcanbeassimpleassettingupavieworplacingafencearoundtheareaof
interestandclickingthePrinticon.Typically,theresultwillbeprintedoutputof
whatyouseeonthescreen.
ThePrintDialog
ThePrintdialogistheinterfacewhereyouselectandeditprinterdriverfiles,
createpentablestoresymbolizeprintedoutput,createprintconfigurationfiles
andviewaresizablepreviewoftheprint.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ThePrintDialog
Generalsettings
SpecifyingthePrintArea
Theinitialprintareaisdeterminedasfollows.
Iftheactivemodelcontainsasheet,theprintareaisobtainedfromthesheet.
Theprintscaleissetsothatallsheetcontentsaremaximizedwithinthepage.
Ifthereisnosheetandafenceexists,thefencedefinestheprintarea.The
printscaleissetsothatallfencecontentsaremaximizedwithinthepage.
Ifthereisnosheetorfence,theprintareaissettothefirstopenview.The
printscaleissetsothatallviewcontentsaremaximizedwithinthepage.
WhentheAreaoptionintheGeneralSettingsareaofthePrintdialogischanged,
newview,fence,orsheetparametersareobtainedfromtheMicroStation
environment.TheprintareamodecontrolbehavesliketheUpdateViewview
control.
Levelstatesareautomaticallyupdatedwheneveraprintorpreviewoperationis
performed.ThiseliminatestheneedtouseSettings>UpdatefromViewifthe
onlychangehasbeentomodifytheleveldisplay.However,Ifaconfigurationfile
(.ini)wasloadedtheleveldisplaystateswereobtainedfromitandarenot
overriddenunlessyouusetheUpdatefromviewtool.
Onceprintattributeshavebeenset,thedefaultbehavioristhat,ifafenceis
placedafterthePrintdialogopens,theattributesreverttotheirdefaultsettings.
Exercise:Settingprintarea
Project:Geospatial
2 Open\dgn\BSI200Maps.dgn,andopentheCitySmallmodel.
3 SelectFile>Print.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
The Print Dialog
NoteintheGeneralSettingssectionthatAreaissettoSheetsincethisisa
sheetmodel.
Viewoptions
Firstselectthetypeofareatoprintandthenselecttheviewcontainingthearea
fromtheViewoptionmenu.
Color
TheseoptionsletyouselecttheoutputformatfromMonochrome,Grayscale,or
TrueColor.Availableoptionsdependonthecapabilityoftheprinteryoureusing.
WhenthePlotto3Dcheckboxisenabled,thecolorissettoTrueColorand
cannotbechanged.
TheRasterizedoption
SelectingtheRasterizedcheckboxallowsyoutocreaterasterizedprintfiles.The
printerdrivermustsupportraster,soyoucannotcreaterasterizedprintsusingthe
BentleyHPGL/2printerdriver.
Bydefault,Rasterizedmodewillbeturnedonwhenshadeddisplaystyles
(rendering)aredetected.IfRasterizedisunchecked,theshadeddisplayStyleswill
printusingthenonrasterizedhiddenlinepath.TheRasterizedcheckboxwillbe
disablediftheviewcontainsanypointclouds,orwhenprintingtoaprinterdriver
thatdoesnotsupportRasterizedmode.
Rasterizedprintingrecognizestransparency
ThePrintpreviewsshowanelementwithouttransparencybehindandelementwithtransparency
TheimageontheleftisapreviewwiththeRasterizedsettingoff,ontherighttheRasterizedsettingison
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ThePrintDialog
Printerandpapersize
FeaturesinthePrintdialogallowyoutoselectthesheetsize,setthescaleforthe
print,andpositiontheprintontheselectedsheet.
Usecontrolsinthisareatoselectthedriver,setthepapersizeandselectthe
outputdevice.Firstyouselectthedrivertouse.
WhenyouselectWindowsdrivertheconfiguredWindowsprinterdriveris
used.Whenthisoptionisselected,clickingtheConfigureWindowsPrinter
icontotherightopensthesystemPrintdialog,whichletsyouchangethe
Windowsprinter'ssettings.
TheFulloption
WhenyouareusingtheWindowsprinteryoucanenabletheFullcheckboxto
maximizetheportionofthesheetthatisused.Whenyouareprintingtoan
8.5x11sheet,themaximumprintsizemaybeonly8x10.5.Iffullsheetis
enabled,themaximumprintsizewillbe8.5x11.Somegeometrymaybe
clippedbytheprinterifitfallsintotheareaaroundtheedgeofthepaperthat
cantbeprintedbytheprinter.
WhenyouselectBentleydriverthecurrentlyselectedBentleyprinterdriveris
used.ClickingtheSelectPrinterDriverConfigurationFileicontotheright
openstheSelectPrinterDriverConfigurationFiledialog,whichletsyou
chooseadifferentprinterdriver.
WhenyouareusingtheBentleydriveryoucaneditthedimensionsofthe
selectedpapersizewhentheAllowpapersizeeditinguserpreferenceis
enabled.OryoucanusethepapersizeoptionsintheBentleyprintdriverfile.
ThesepapersizescanbechangedwithintheBentleyprintdriverfile.
ForBentleyprinterdrivers,theX&Yvaluesintheplotfilepagesizeare
importanthowtheoutputisorientedonthepaper.Inthecaseofhpgl2.pltcfg,
theXsizeindicatestheamountofpaperthatwillbespooledoutofthe
printer.So,foraformwhoselongsideshouldliealongthewidthoftheroll,it
isimportantthatthepagesizebedefinedinportraitmode.IftheX&Ysize
valuesarereversed,thelongsideoftheoutputwillbealignedwiththelength
oftheroll.TheorientationcontrolletsyoureversetheX&Yvalues.
Ifyouareprintingalandscapeview,butyourdriverrequiresaportrait
orientation,theprintpreviewwilldisplayonitsside.Tochangethisyoucanset
theconfigurationvariableMS_PLTDLG_FORCE_PREVIEW_ORIENTATIONtoAUTOto
forcethepreviewwindowtodrawitselfwiththesameorientationasthedesign,
regardlessoftheorientationofthepapersizedefinition.Othervaluesforthis
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
The Print Dialog
variablearelandscapeandportrait,forthosewhoworkwithasingledrawing
orientation.
Note: Notethatthisvariabledoesnotapplytoprinter.pltcfg.
Exercise:Selectadriverandsetthepapersize
1 InthePrinterandPaperSizesectionofthePrintdialog,settheprinter
drivertoBentleyDriverandclicktheSelectPrinterDrivermagnifying
glass.
2 IntheSelectPrinterDriverFiledialog,selectthehpgl2.pltcfgdriverand
clickOpen.
ThedrivernameisshowninthePrintdialogstitlebar.
3 SetthepapersizetoISOA4.
Totalareavs.usablearea
WithBentleyprinterdriversandprinter.pltcfg,thepapersizerepresentsthe
usablearea.
Everythingwithinthisareawillbeprintedexceptlinesresidingpreciselyonthe
paperboundary.Typically,theusableareaissmallerthanthephysicalpaper
dimensions.Theusableareaisshowninthepreviewwindowbyarectangle.Data
outsidethisrectanglewillnotbeprinted.
Destinationoptions
AprintsdestinationcanbesetinthePrintdialoginsteadoftheWindowsprint
dialog.SelectfromSendtoprinter,Createplotfile,orCreatemetafile.
WhenprintingwithaBentleyprinterdriver,Createplotfileistheonly
availablechoice.IftheplotfileisconfiguredtowritedirectlytoanLPTport,
thatsthesameasCreateplotfile.
SendtoprinterisavailableonlywhenusingaWindowsprinterdriver.The
printissenttotheselectedprinter,usingtheselectedprinterdriver.
CreatemetafileisavailableonlywhenusingaWindowsprinterdriver.This
optioncreatesaWindowsenhancedmetafile(.emf).
ThissettingcanbeadjustedwiththekeyinPRINTDESTINATION<DEVICE|
METAFILE|PLOTFILE>.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ThePrintDialog
Printscaleandposition
Whenyousetthescaleforaprintyouaredefiningthenumberofdesignunits,in
workingunits,thatequaleachpaperunitinprinterunits.Youcankeythisvalue
intotheScalefieldoryoucanclickthemagnifyingglassandusetheScale
Assistantdialogtodefinecriteria.
ChangingtheScale,SizeorOriginautomaticallyresultsinchangestothe
correspondingparametertomaintaintheaspectratiooftheprint.Ifyouspecify
anorigin,theAutocentercheckboxisautomaticallydisabled.
Rotation
SelectRotate90cwforarotationof90intheclockwisedirectiontobeappliedto
theprintedoutput.Rotate90ccwappliesarotationof90inthe
counterclockwisedirection.180appliesarotationof180.
Toenablenonorthogonalrotation,turnoffHideadvancedlayoutcontrolsinthe
PrintdialogsSettings>PreferencesPrintPreferencesdialog.
UsetheRotationfieldinthePrintdialogtospecifyanyrotationfrom0to360
degreesforprintsthatarenotrenderedanddonotcontainacameradefinition.
Forrenderedorcameraprints,therotationeditfieldisautomaticallyreplacedby
theoptionlist.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
The Print Dialog
Mirror
AnotheradvancedoptionistheMirroroptionmenu.Youcanmirrorprinted
outputaboutthexandyaxis.IftheHideadvancedlayoutcontrolsprint
preferenceisenabled,thisoptionisnotdisplayed.
Exercise:Settheprintscale
1 InthePrintdialog,selectSettings>Unitsandclickoncm.
2 InthePrintScaleandPositionarea,setScaleto500.
Whenthesizeoftheprintissmallerthanthepapersize,youcanenabletheAuto
centercheckboxtocentertheprintonthepaper.
Youcanalsopositionthebyenteringasizeandorigin.Thelongedgeoftheprint
areaisautomaticallyalignedwiththelongedgeofthepaper.
Originset
Itisnotnecessarytogothroughthecompletesetupprocedureeachtimethat
yourequireprintedoutputfromadesignfile.Youcancreateaprintdefinition
(.pset)fileandsaveittodisk.Thesespecifythedesignfilespecificinformation
requiredtorecreateprintsofparticulardrawings,thusstreamliningrepetitive
printingtasks.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
WorkingwithBorders
Printdefinitionfileshavereplacedprintsetuporprintconfigurationtext(.ini)
files.Aprintdefinition(.pset)fileisabinaryfileandhasthesamefileformatas
PrintOrganizer'sprintsetfile.PrintdefinitionfilescreatedwiththePrintdialog
containasingleprintdefinition.
Printdefinitionfilesletyousavetheprintingparametersforadesignfile.These
parametersincludetheareatobeprinted,thedesignfilespecification,pagesize,
margins,andscale.Whereapentableisattached,thistooissavedaspartofthe
printdefinitionfile.Oncesaved,youcanrecalltheprintdefinitionfileatanytime
tocreateprintedoutputofthesameareaofyourdesignfile.
WorkingwithBorders
AdefaultMicroStationinstallationincludessampleborderfilesintheANSI,
ArchitecturalandISOsubfoldersofthe...\Workspace\System\Bordersfolder.
Thesearefilesthatyoucanuseasreferencestothedesignsyouwanttoprintor
placeascellsinsidethefilesyouwanttoprint.
Tofindouthowmuchofadesignwillfitonpaperattherequiredscale,placea
borderthatrepresentstheprintableareaofthepaperattherequiredscaleinthe
DGNfile.Dothisbyusingaborderspecificallycreatedforthescaleofthedesign.
Or,useabordercreatedat1:1scaleandthenscaleuptothedesignscale.Thento
createtheprint,placeafencealongtheborder,specifythedesiredscaleasthe
printscaleandcreatetheprint.
Ineachsampleborderfile(Workspace\System\Borders\...)thereistheDefault
modelinwhichthetitleblockisdrawnatfullscale.Thismodelthenisreferenced
toothermodelsforvariousscales.Thedescriptionforeachmodelincludesan
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Sending Data to the Printer
exampleofthesizerequiredforanytexttoproducestandardsizetextinthe
printedoutput.
SendingDatatothePrinter
IfSendtoprinterisselectedinthePrinterandPaperSizesectionofthePrint
dialog,printedoutputissenttothesystemprintmanager.ThePrintin
Progressdialogdisplaystheprint'sstatusandyoucancanceltheprintjob.
IfCreatemetafileisselected,printedoutputissavedasanenhancedmetafile
(.emf).
IfCreateplotfileisselectedanditsFileNamepropertyisnotsettoaportor
otherprinter,thentheSavePrintAsdialogopensandcontinuetonextstep.
ThispropertyappearsintheDefaultPrintFileNamecategoryontheBase
Propertiestabinthe(File>EditPrinterDriverConfiguration)PrinterDriver
Configurationdialog.
IfthispropertyisdefinedfortheWindowsprinterdriver,thePrintdialog
destinationissettoCreateplotfilewheneverthisprinterdriver
configurationfileisloaded.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
IfthedefaultprintfilenameissettoaUNCshareorLPRport,suchas
\\printserver\hp1055or10.8.0.1,thePrintdialogsendstheprintdirectly
totheprinterratherthancreatingaplotfile.
Toname,create,andsavetheprintfile,usetheSavePrintAsdialogjustas
youwouldtheSaveAsdialog.
TheExtensionpropertyspecifiesthedefaultprintfileextension.Valueinthe
PrinterDriverConfigurationdialogcanbesettocal,hpgl,hprtl,jpg,pdf,png,
ps,ortif.
Thedefaultprintfileextensionis.000unlessotherwisespecifiedbythe
Extensionpropertyintheprinterdriverconfigurationdialog.
If.000isused,andAutoIncrementExtensionissettoTrue,theextension
proposedinthedialogautomaticallyincreaseswiththecreationofeach
additionalprintfilehavingthesamefilename.Forexample,bracket.000,
bracket.001,bracket.002andsoon.
Hint:Thisislegacyfunctionality.Amoremodernapproachistousean
extensionrepresentingthefileformat,suchas.pdfor.hprtl,and
includethe<autoInc>variableintheFileNameproperty.
Inthe.pltcfgfile,PropertyorRecordNameistheExtension.TheSyntaxisto
useadotoperator(.).Valuescanbecal,hpgl,hprtl,jpg,pdf,png,ps,tif.The
defaultistosettotheextensionthatisappropriatefortheselectedprinter
driver.
Exercise:Changetheconfiguration
1 ContinuinginBSI200Maps.dgn,selectFile>EditPrinterDriver
ConfigurationInthePrintdialog.
2 InthePrinterDriverConfigurationdialog,ontheBasePropertiestab,click
DefaultPrintFileName.
3 ChangetheExtensionto.000andsetAutoIncrementExtensiontoTrue.
4 Savethechangeswhenprompted.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Createaprintfile
Exercise:Createaprintfile
1 ContinuinginBSI200Maps.dgn,clickPrintinthePrintdialog.
Theprintfilenamecombinesthefilenamewiththedriverdesignation.
Youcanchangetheprintfilename,extension,orlocationnowifdesired.
2 ClickSave.
Usingaparallelport
Tosendaprintfiletoaprinterthroughaparallelport,firstopenthecommand
window.Atthesystemcommandline,type:
copy/b<print_file><port>
where:
print_fileistheprintfiletobesent.
portistheparallelportonyoursystemtowhichtheprinterisconnected.For
example,lpt1:orlpt2:(Wintelsystems)orprn(DECAlpha).
/bistheswitchspecifyingthatthefileisbinary
Throughaparallelportwithoutcreatingaprintfile
InthePrintdialog,adjustthecontrolsasdesiredandclickthePrinticon.Inthe
SavePrintAsdialogsNamefield,typethenameoftheparallelport,forexample,
lpt1:orlpt2:.
DirectlytoaprinterfromtheKeyinbrowser
IntheKeyinbrowser,type:
PRINT<configuration|VIEWview_number|FENCE<output_device>
where:
configurationidentifiestheprintconfiguration(.ini)fileuponwhichtobase
theprintedoutput.
view_numberistheviewnumberwhereVIEWisspecified.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
output_devicespecifiesthedestinationprinter.Forexample,lpt2:or
\\printman\laserjet1.Output_devicemaybeomittedwhen"printer.pltcfg"is
theprinterdriverconfigurationfile.
CreatePDFoutput
GenerateasinglepagePDFoftheDGNfileusingtheprinterdriverpdf.pltcfg.You
canuseBatchPrinttogenerateamultiplepagePDFfilewithonepageperfile.A
bookmarkisgeneratedforeachpagebydefault.ToviewandprintPDFfiles,use
thefreeapplicationAdobeReader.
Exercise:Loadpdf.pltcfg
1 ContinuinginContinuinginBSI200Maps.dgn,inthePrintdialog,click
SelectPrinterDriverandloadpdf.pltcfg.
Optionsforoutput
YoucaneditthePDFprinterdrivertoincludemanyoptionswhenPDFsare
generated.
Bookmarks
Individuallevelsandreferences
Engineeringlinks
VersionofthePDFfileformat
Apassword
Searchabletext
Pagesize,extents,orpapersize
Specialsyntaxappliestotheseoptionsbuttheplotfilealreadycontainstheon/off
qualifierstrings.Removethesemicolonfromthebeginningoftheundesiredline
andinsetasemicoloninthebeginningofthedesiredline.Savethechanges.
IfyouselecttheFileOptionalContentoptioninthePDFprinterdriverbefore
generatingaPDFfile,thelevelsandreferenceswillbeindividuallyviewableinthe
LayerstabofAdobeReader.Totogglelevelandreferencedisplay,usethecontrols
intheLayerstabshierarchylisting.
NotethattheoutFilequalifiersletyoucontrolhowfilesarenumbered.Filesize
canbesmallerbecausethecolortablecanbereducedwhenusingfewercolors.
Thereareenhancementsforleveloutput.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Exercise:DeterminePDFoutput
1 ContinuinginContinuinginBSI200Maps.dgn,inthePrintdialog,select
File>EditPrinterDriverConfiguration.
2 OntheBasePropertiestab,expandtheDriverPropertiessectionandclick
inthefieldtotherightoftheEnableOptionalContentproperty.
3 SelectOn.
4 ClickinthefieldnexttoPrintOptionalContentpropertyandselectAs
Created.
5 ClickinthefieldnexttoLevelLabelandselectLevelName.
6 ClickinthefieldnexttoAuthorandtypeyourname.
7 ExpandtheDefaultPrintFileNamesection.
8 Closethedialog,savingchanges.
9 InthePrintdialog,selectFile>ReloadPrinterDriverConfiguration.
10 ClickPrint.
11 Savetheprintwiththedefaultname.
Exercise:ExplorePDFfeatures
1 InWindowsExplorer,navigatetothePDFintheGeospatialprojects\out
folderandopenthefile.
SelecttheLayersiconandthemasterfilewillbelistedbyitselfinthetop
tierofthehierarchy.Eachdirectlyattachedmodelislistedonthesecond
tier,alongwiththelevelnameitresideson.Thenexttierlistsnested
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
referencesandthelevelnames.Savedviewswillalsobesavedandlisted
inthehierarchy.Afterthereferenceslevelsarelistedandthenanyraster
imagesattachedtothemasterfile.
2 ClicktheLayersiconattheleft,expandthefilename,andthenexpandthe
ReferencesandLevelsnodes.
Note:YoucanselectView>NavigationPanels>Layerstoaddthetab.
3 InAcrobat,selectTools>Analysis>MeasuringTool.
TheGeospatialDistanceToolissimilartheMeasureDistancetool.The
GeospatialPerimeterToolreportsthelastdistanceandangleandthetotal
perimeter.TheGeospatialAreaToolissimilartomeasuringanareaby
points.
4 ClosethePDF.
5 InMicroStation,selectFile>Close
OtherPDFdriverfeatures
SettingtheEnableGeoreferencingprinterdriverpropertytoOnletsyou
includeageographiccoordinatesysteminthepublishedPDFdocument.This
letsyoudisplaythelongitude/latitudevaluesinAcrobat(Readeror
Professional)9.0orlater.
WhentheEnableLinksprinterdriverpropertyissettoOn,engineeringlinks
andlinkscreatedwithProjectExplorersuchasSavedViewlinks,Modellinks,
URLlinks,andReferencelinksareretainedwhenyoupublishaDGNtoaPDF
document.
AnewPDFprinterdriverpropertycalledEnableMeasuringisnowavailable.If
thispropertyisset,youwillbeabletopublishaPDFdocumentandmeasure
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Managing Printer Drivers
thedistance,area,andperimeterforboththemasterfileandreferencefiles
inmodelunits.
ManagingPrinterDrivers
Whenyouopena.pltcfgfileforediting,itopensinthePrinterDriver
Configurationeditor.
Note: Existing.pltfilesarestillsupported,buttheyarenolongerdelivered.
Windowsprinterdrivers
SelectingWindowsPrinterautomaticallyloadsthewindowsprinterdriverfile
printer.plt.YouselectanotherprinterbyclickingtheConfigureWindowsPrinter
icon.Youcanaccessandchangethesystemprinterpropertiesfromhere,rather
thangoingtotheControlPanel.
YoucancreatemultipleWindowsprinterstothesamephysicaldevice,eachone
withdifferentsettings.Copyprinter.pltwithdifferentfilenames,eachone
referencingadifferentWindowsprinterbyname.Thiscanreducestepsinthe
printingworkflow,whiletakingadvantageofallthesettingsoffered.Forexample,
printer_fold.pltandprinter_nofold.pltcanpointtooneWindowsprinter,differing
onlyinthefoldmediasetting.
Bentleyprinterdrivers
Asetofprinterdriversforvarioustypesofprintersandplottersisdelivered.
Bentleydriversaredriversthatcreateprintinformationinindustryrecognized
formats.
WhenyouselecttheBentleyDriver,theBentleyprinterdriverfilethatwaslast
usedisloadedbydefault.YoucanselectanotherfileusingtheSelectPrinter
Drivericontoaccesstheavailablefiles.Bentleyprinterdriverfilessupplyallthe
necessaryinformationtocreateaprint,inaparticularprinterlanguageformat.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ThePrinterDriverConfigurationeditor
ThePrinterDriverConfigurationeditorletsyouaddandedit.pltcfgprinterdriver
configurationfiles,whicharestoredinXMLformat.SelectFile>EditPrinterDriver
ConfigurationinthePrintdialogtoopen.
OnsometabsyoucanclickAddtoaddanindividualpapersizes,fontsor
programstothefileoryoucanclickRemovetoremoveindividualentries.
Generaltab
Thistabshowstheselectedprinterdriverconfigurationfilesnameandlocation
andtheprinterdriverforwhichthefileisintended.
BasePropertiestab
Thistabhassettingsthatareusedtoeditpropertiesdefinedfortheselected
printerdriver.Thecategoriesthatareincluded,aswellasthepropertieswithin
thecategories,dependontheprinterdriver.Clickthedownwardarrowsto
expandcategories.
Generalproperties,suchasautomaticcentering,linecapandjoin,numberof
copiesandthedefaultoutputmodearesetintheGeneralcategory.
Dependinguponthetypeofdriverthatisselected,youwillseeaWindows
PrinterorDriverPropertiescategory.Setpropertiesrelatedtothetypeof
driver,suchasthedefaultprinterandorientationforWindowsdriversor
propertiesrelatedtospecificnonWindowsdrivers.
Therearealsocategoriesforborderprintproperties(onoroff,contentof
bordertext,height,fenceoutline)andrasterprinting(onoroff,quality,
brightness,contrast,grayscale).
ThePrinterCommunicationcategoryincludestheprintercommunication
properties.
ThesepropertiesareavailableonlyforthePostScriptprinterdriver.Theyare
thecommunicationpropertiesusedtogeneratetheprintfileandsenditto
theprinter.Generallythedefaultpropertiesaresufficient.However,ifthe
printerisusedwithothersoftwarethatrequiresdifferentcommunication
properties,youcanusethePrinterCommunicationpropertiestomeetthose
requirements.
Note:Ifyoufindzingers,incomplete,ornoprintedoutputatall,makesurethe
communicationpropertiesoftheprinterdriverconfigurationfilematch
theprintersetup.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Advancedsectioncontentsletyousettheadvancedpropertiesthatarein
printerdriverconfigurationfiles.Contentsdependonwhichprinterdriverwas
selected.
PaperSizestab
Thistabhassettingsthatareusedtoedit,add,removeandreorderthepaper
sizesdefinedfortheselectedprinterdriver.
Ifyouwantadefaultpapersizetoappearintheprintdialog,edittheprinter
driverconfigurationfileandclickthePaperSizestab.SelectthesizeandclickEdit.
ThenchecktheIsdefaultpapersizecheckbox.
ColorMapstab
Thistabhassettingsthatareusedtoeditthecolormapsdefinedfortheselected
printerdriver.Youalsocanremoveallexistingcolormaps.
ChecktheDefinemapsfromdesigncolortoprintsymbologycheckboxtodefine
designcolortoprintsymbology.Ifthisisdisabled,allexistingcolormapswillbe
removed.Toedit,selectadesigncolorandclickEdit.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Note: Thisfunctionality,aswellassymbologymappingforweights,isalsoavailable
usingpentables.Oneadvantagetodefiningprintsymbologyinapentableis
thatonepentablecanbesharedbymultipleprinterdriverconfigurationfiles.
Colormapping,leftfromthePrinterDriverConfigurationeditor,andinapentable
WeightMapstab
Thistabhassettingsthatareusedtoedittheweightmapsdefinedforthe
selectedprinterdriverconfigurationfile.SelectadesignweightandclickEdit.You
alsocanremoveallexistingweightmaps.
EnabletheDefinemapsfromdesignweighttoprintwidthcheckboxtodefine
designweighttoprintwidthassignments.Ifthisisdisabled,allexistingweight
mapswillberemoved.
LineStylestab
Thistabhassettingsthatareusedtoedittheprintlinestyleon/offpatterns
definedfortheselectedprinterdriver.
ChecktheDefineprintlinestylepatternscheckboxtoassignon/offpatternsin
paperunitsforeachMicroStationlinestyleindex.Ifthisisdisabled,allexisting
linestylepatternswillberemoved.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Youcanindicatehoweachpatternshouldbeapplied,eitherbytheprinterorby
softwareinsideMicroStation,usingtheProcessstyleinsoftwareoption.Tofind
this,selectthestylenumberandclickEdit.
FontMapstab
Thistabhassettingsthatareusedtoedit,add,remove,andreorderthedesign
fonttoprintfontmapsdefinedfortheselectedprinterdriver.
EnabletheDefinemapsfromdesignfontstohardware,orWindowsorTrueType,
fontscheckboxtomapMicroStationresourcefonts,AutoCADSHXfont,and
WindowsTrueTypefontstoprinterfonts.Ifthisisdisabled,allexistingfontmaps
willberemoved.
ThisfunctionalityisavailableonlyfortheWindowsandPostScriptprinterdrivers.
Note: Notethatdefiningfontmapsmayresultintexthavingadifferentappearance
ontheprintthanitdoesinonthescreen.
Programstab
Thistabhassettingsthatareusedtoedit,add,removeandreorderoperating
systemcommandsdefinedfortheselectedprinterdriver.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
PrintDefinitionFiles
ChecktheDefinepreprintandpostprintprogramcommandscheckboxto
defineoperatingsystemcommandstoberuneitherbeforeorafteraprint.
Ifthisisdisabled,allexistingprogramcommandswillberemoved.
PrintDefinitionFiles
Itisnotnecessarytogothroughthecompletesetupeachtimethatyourequire
printedoutput.Youcancreateaprintdefinition(.pset)fileandsaveit.Thesefiles
containthedesignfilespecificinformationrequiredtorecreateprints,
streamliningrepetitiveprintingtasks.
UnlikethetraditionalFixedprintdefinitions,Variableprintdefinitionsimprove
flexibilityandperformanceinsomeworkflowsbydeferringdiscoveryofmodels
andprintshapestoprinttime.
Note: Printdefinitionfileshavereplacedprintsetuporprintconfigurationtext(.ini)
files.PrintdefinitionfilescreatedwiththePrintdialogcontainasingleprint
definition.
Parametersincludetheareatobeprinted,thedesignfilespecification,pagesize,
margins,andscale.Whereapentableisattached,thistooissavedaspartofthe
printdefinitionfile.Oncesaved,youcanrecalltheprintdefinitionfileatanytime
tocreateprintedoutputofthesameareaofyourdesignfile.
OpenPrintDefinitionFileonthePrintdialogsFilemenuletsyouselectaprint
definitionfilewhoseextensionmaybeeither".pset"or".ini".An.inifileisa
legacyprintconfigurationfileformat.A.psetfileisthePrintOrganizerprintset
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Print Definition Files
fileformat.ThePrintdialogcanreadboth.iniand.psetfiles,butcanwriteonly
.psetfiles.
WhenthePrintdialogreadsa.psetfile,itonlyopensthefirstprintdefinitionin
theset.WhenthePrintdialogsavestoanexisting.psetfile,onlythePrintdialog's
printdefinitionissaved.Anyotherprintdefinitionsinthefilewillbelost.
TheinitialdirectoryfortheOpenPrintDefinitionFiledialogisdeterminedbythe
firstdirectoryintheMS_PRINTDEF_PATHconfigurationvariable,ifdefined.Ifthe
variableisnotdefined,itdefaultstothemostrecentlyuseddirectory.
The.psetfileformatstoresthedesignfilespecification,andthatdesignfileis
automaticallyopenedwhentheprintdialogopensthe.psetfile.Ifthedesignfile
cannotbeopened,the.psetopenattemptisaborted.
The.inifileformatdoesnotcontainthedesignfilespecification;therefore,you
shouldopentheproperdesignfile,andthenopenthe.inifile.Ifthe.inifiledoes
notmatchthecurrentlyloadeddesignfile,anerrorisproducedifthedimensions
aredifferent.Otherwise,asmuchofthe.inifileisreadaspossible,whichmayor
maynotresultinthedesiredprintdefinition.
Note: WhenusingprintdefinitionfilesonDGNfilesotherthantheoneusedtocreate
them,theDGNfilemusthavethesameworkingunitsandfencedlocationas
theonethatcreatedtheprintconfigurationfile.
Parameters
HereareafewthingsyoushouldconsiderbeforeaddingfilestoPrintOrganizer.
TheprinterdriverSincechangingtheprinterdrivercouldchangethepapersize
andotherrelatedsettings,itisbesttoselecttheprinterdriverbeforeaddingfiles
toPrintOrganizer.Printerdriverscanalsohaveaprintstyleassociatedwiththem,
ifso,evenifthepapersizedidn'tchangewhenyouchangedprinters,youcould
endupchangingyourprintdefinitionsettings.
WhetheryouwanttocreateFixedorVariableprintdefinitionsPrintOrganizers
PreferencesdialogallowsyoutoswitchbetweenFixedmodeandVariablemode.
Ifyouswitchmodes,youarerequiredtocloseandreopenPrintOrganizer.
TheModelSelectionmethodTheModelSelectionmethoddetermineswhich
modelsareusedwhencreatingprintdefinitionsandcanbesetinthePreferences
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
PrintingSetsofFiles
dialog,inaprintstyle,orbyclickingManuallySpecifiedOptionsintheCreate
PrintDefinitionsdialog(Fixedprintdefinitionsonly).
TheFenceCreationmethodTheFenceCreationmethoddefinestheprintarea
andcanbesetinaprintstyleorbyclickingManuallySpecifiedOptionsinthe
CreatePrintDefinitionsdialog(Fixedprintdefinitionsonly).Itisbesttosetupthe
fencecreationmethodspriortocreatingprintdefinitions.Thisisespeciallytrueif
youarecreatingaprintdefinitionforeachmatchingshapeorcell,sinceyoucan
notcreateadditionalprintdefinitionswhenmodifyingaFixedprintdefinition.
PrintStylesPrintstylesarenamedsetsofprintdefinitionpropertiesthatallow
youtocreateprintsetsinaconsistentandautomatedmanner.Printstylescan
containbothModelSelectionandFenceCreationmethods,andarerequired
whencreatingVariableprintdefinitions.
Creatingaprintdefinitionfile
UsethecontrolsinthePrintdialogtoidentifywhattoprintandadjustthe
printingsetupasdesired.ThenselectSavePrintDefinitionFilefromthePrint
dialog'sFilemenu.
IntheSavePrintDefinitionFiledialogsFilenamefield,typethenewprint
definitionfilename.Bydefault,theextension.psetisaddedtothefilename.
Modifyingafile
SelectOpenPrintDefinitionFileandopenthefile.UsethecontrolsinthePrint
dialogtomodifytheentitytoprintoradjustotherprintsettingsasneeded.Save
thefile,overwritingtheoldfile.
PrintingSetsofFiles
Whenyouneedtoproduceprintedoutputfromsetsofdesignfilesandmodels,
usePrintOrganizer.PrintOrganizercreatesprintsets,whichareusedtoidentify,
save,recall,andprintaparticularsetoffiles/models.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Printing Sets of Files
PrintOrganizer
PrintOrganizerisabatchprintingutilityforprintingandreprintingsetsoffiles
andmodelsstoredinaprintsetfile.Theindividualfilesandmodelswithinaprint
setfilearereferredtoasprintdefinitionsandcanbehierarchicallygroupedin
foldersandsubfolders.
Printdefinitionsarecreatedwhenyouaddfilestoaprintset.Eachprintdefinition
consistsofareferencetoadesignfiletobepublished,likeasheetmodelina
designfile,alongwithpropertiessuchassize,scale,andformnamethat
determinehowthedesignfilewillbepublishedwithintheprintset.
Assigningthepropervaluestoprintdefinitionpropertiesisanessentialpartof
creatingaprintset;therefore,PrintOrganizerprovidesseveralmethodstospecify
printdefinitionpropertiesandeachmethodisusedinadifferentcontext.
PrintOrganizerandthePrintdialogaresimilarinseveralways.
Theybothusethesameprinterdriverconfigurationfilesandthesameutility
toeditthem.
Theybothusethesamemethodforlocatingprinterdriverconfigurationfiles.
Theybothusethesamemethodforselectingadefaultprinterdriver
configurationfile.
Theybothusethesameprocedurefordetermininghowthedefaultprinteris
selected.
Hierarchicalprintsets
PrintOrganizerletsyoudefinehierarchicalorganizedprintsetsthatbestreflect
theorderingoftheirpublishedoutput.Printsetsconsistofacollectionofprint
definitionsandfolders.Printdefinitionscanbeorganizedinsidefolders,withsub
foldersandprintdefinitionsinsideeachfolder.PrintOrganizerpreservesthe
hierarchydefinedintheprintsetwhenpublishingPDFdocuments.
PrintOrganizerauthorsprintset(.pset)filesasacontainerforprintdefinitions,
foldersthatgroupprintdefinitionsandglobalinformationpertainingtotheprint
set.Eachprintdefinitionconsistsofareferencetoadesignfiletobepublished,
likeasheetmodelinadesignfile,alongwithproperties,suchassize,scale,and
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
PrintingSetsofFiles
formnamethatdeterminehowthedesignfilewillbepublishedwithintheprint
set.
Hierarchicalprintset
Bydefault,therootfoldergetsitsnamefromtheprintsetname.Whenyousave
theprintsetwithadifferentname,therootfoldernamechangesaccordingly.
Selectingdesignfilesandmodels
YoudraganddropfilesfromWindowsExplorer,ProjectExplorer,ortheModels
dialogtoaddfilestoPrintOrganizer.YoucanalsousetheAddFilestoSetmenu
itemortheAddFilestoSeticon.
Printdefinitionsarecreatedwhenyouaddfilesormodelstoaprintsetfile.Each
printdefinitionconsistsofareferencetoaDGNfiletobepublished,likeasheet
modelinaDGNfile,alongwithproperties,suchassize,scale,andformnamethat
determinehowtheDGNfilewillbepublishedwithintheprintset.
PrintOrganizerandProjectExplorer
YoucandraganddropDGNfile,model,orsavedviewlinksfromProjectExplorer
intoPrintOrganizer.YoucanalsorightclickthesetypeitemsandselectPrint
Organizertocreateanewprintset.
ComposingPrintSets
YoucancomposeaprintsetfileusingProjectExplorerandPrintOrganizer.File,
model,orsavedviewlinksinProjectExplorercanbeaddedtoaneworexisting
printsetfile.
Tocomposeanewprintsetfile,rightclickafile,model,orsavedviewlinkand
selectPrintOrganizerfromthepopupmenu.IfPrintOrganizeralreadyhasaprint
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
setfileopen,youwillbeaskedtosavethechangesfortheexistingprintsetfile;
otherwise,theCreatePrintDefinitionsdialogopenswiththeselectedlinkslisted.
TheCreatePrintDefinitionsdialogletsyouspecifyprintdefinitioncreation
optionstotheobjectsintheInputfileslistbox.Youcanspecifyaprintstyleto
applyacollectionofprintdefinitioncreationoptions,oryoucanclickManually
SpecifiedOptionstoopenthePrintDefinitionCreationOptionsdialogtospecify
printdefinitioncreationoptions.
Note: IftheobjectintheInputfileslistboxisamodelname,themodelselection
methodinaprintstyleorintheManuallySpecifiedOptionsisignored.Also,if
theobjectintheInputfileslistboxisasavedviewname,themodelselection
methodandtheviewnameinaprintstyleorintheManuallySpecifiedOptions
isignored.
Youcanalsodraganddropfile,model,andsavedviewlinksintoanexistingprint
setfile.Youcancreatealinktoaprintset,orindividualprintdefinitions.
HowtocomposeanewprintsetfileusingProjectExplorerandPrint
Organizer:
First,selectopenProjectExplorer.Theactivelinksetsnameisatthetop.
Locateandrightclickthefile,model,orsavedviewlinkthatyouwanttoadd,
andselectPrintOrganizerfromthepopupmenu.
PrintOrganizer'sCreatePrintDefinitionsdialogopenswiththeselectedlinks
listed.ThenamesarepresentedinDGNfilename,modelname,savedview
nameformat.
YoucanselectaprintstyleorselectManuallySpecifiedOptionstoopenthe
CreatePrintDefinitionsdialog.Whentheprintdefinitionhasbeencreated,
clickOK,andthenselectFile>SaveAstosavetheprintsetfile.
Exercise:Createaprintsetwithafolderhierarchy
Project:Civil
2 Open\dgn\BSI400Sheets.dgn.
3 OpenProjectExplorerandselecttheCivilExamplelinkset.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
PrintingSetsofFiles
4 InProjectExplorer,expandtheCivilPrintSet.
5 RightclickanyfilelinkandselectPrintOrganizer.
PrintOrganizeropenswiththeCivilPrintSet.psetfileopenandthe
selectedsheethighlights.
Viewingaprintset
PrintOrganizesrightframedisplaysprintdefinitionsinatable,whereeachrowis
aprintdefinitionandeachcolumnisaprintdefinitionproperty.UsingPrint
Organizesinplaceediting,youcaneditindividualpropertiesforoneormore
printdefinitions.Selecttheprintdefinitionsanddoubleclickonthepropertyina
specificcolumnsuchasscale,rotation,orunitstospecifythenewpropertyvalue.
Somepropertiesrequireyoutotypeinthepropertyvalue,whileothershave
optionlists.
PrintOrganizerprovidesseveralviewingtoolstoletyoudisplayasmuchoras
littleinformationasnecessary.FindtheseoptionsontheViewmenu.
Toolbar:Togglesdisplayofthetoolbar.
StatusBar:Togglesdisplayofthestatusbar.Thestatusbardisplaystheprinter
driverconfigurationfile,thenumberofprintdefinitionsintheprintset,and
thenumberofprintdefinitionsselected.
Show/HideColumns:Opensadialogwhereyoucantoggledisplayand
arrangecolumns.
List:Displaysallprintdefinitionsasalistwithoutshowingtheirproperties.
SimilartoWindowsExplorer.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Details:Displaysallprintdefinitionsintabularform,whereeachrowisaprint
definitionandeachcolumnisaprintdefinitionproperty.
ViewallPrintDefinitions:Displaysallprintdefinitionsbelowaselectedfolder
intherightframe,eveniftheyareinsubfolders.
ShowinGroups:Letsyoudisplayallprintdefinitions,showingtheir
correspondingfoldersorsubfolders,intherightframe.
Selectingaprinter
Thefirststepinprintingasetoffilesormodelsistoselectaprinterdriver
configurationfile.IfyouusethePrintdialogtoselectandconfigureprinterdriver
configurationfiles,youwillfinditjustaseasytoperformthesametaskswith
PrintOrganizer.
PrintOrganizerstorestheactiveprinterdriverconfigurationfileintheuser
preferencesfile.WhenPrintOrganizerisopened,themostrecentlyusedprinter
driverisselectedbydefault.
JustaswiththePrintdialog,whenPrintOrganizerisfirstopened,theBentley
Windowsprinterdriver,printer.pltcfg,isselectedasthedefaultprinterdriver
configurationfile,assumingthatthissettinghasnotalreadybeenoverridden
usingconfigurationvariables.
Toselectaprinterdriver,inthePrintOrganizerdialog,selectFile>PrinterSetup.
InthePrinterSetupdialog,clicktheBrowseicon,themagnifyingglass.Inthe
SelectPrinterDriverdialog,selecttheprinterdriverconfigurationfile,andthen
clickOpen.
Note: Alwayscheckwithanadministrator.Thedefaultprinterdrivermaybepreset
usingaconfigurationvariable.
Exercise:Selectaprinterdriver
1 SelectFile>PrinterSetupinPrintOrganizer.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
PrintingSetsofFiles
2 pdf.pltcfgshouldbeloadedsinceitisthedriverlastused.
Ifnot,clickBrowse(magnifyingglass),selectpdf.pltcfg,andthenclick
Open.
3 ClickOK.
4 ClickAddFoldertoSetandnamethefolderDetailSheets.
5 SelecttheCivilfolderintheleftframe,sothatthecontentsshowinthe
rightframe.
6 Intherightframe,selectthelasttwofiles,namesendingwithDetails.dgn,
andmovethemintotheDetailSheetsfolder.
Youcanspecifyyourownoptionswhenaddingthefilesormodels.Dothisby
clickingManuallySpecifiedOptionstoopentheoptionsdialog.
Exercise:Addfilestotheset
1 ContinuinginBSI400Sheets.dgn,inthePrintOrganizerdialog,createa
subfoldernamedProfilesundertheCivilfolder.
2 Selectthefolder,andthenclicktheAddFilestoSeticon.
3 IntheCreatePrintDefinitionsdialog,clickAdd.
4 SelectBSI400Plan.Profile.dgn,andthenclickDone.
5 ClicktheManuallySpecifiedOptionsbutton.
Thereareseveraltabsintheoptionsdialog.
TheMaintabisusedtospecifyarea,layout,paper,andresymbolization
parametersfortheselectedprintdefinitions.
TheAdvancedtabiswhereyouspecifyworkspace,colorandrasteroptions,
updatefromdesignfile,andupdateprintdefinitionnamefortheselected
printdefinition.
OntheFencetab,themodelselectionandfencecreationmethodsdetermine
howmanyprintdefinitionsarecreatedfromeachsourceobjectintheInput
fileslistbox.
IfaDGNfilethatcontainsthreesheetmodelsandonedesignmodel.Ifthe
modelselectionmethodisPrefersheetmodels,threeprintdefinitionswillbe
created;oneforeachsheetmodel.IfthemodelselectionmethodisAll
models,fourprintdefinitionswillbecreated;oneforeachmodel.
Thedisplaytabisusedtospecifyvariousdisplayattributesfortheselected
printdefinition.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Exercise:Setoptions
1 OntheFencetab,setCreatePrintDefinitionfromModelstoAllmodels.
2 OntheMaintab,Layoutsection,setthesizeandscaletoMaximize.
3 OntheAdvancedtab,settheUserworkspacetoexamplesandtheProject
workspacetoCivil.
4 OntheDisplaytab,disablethePointsandTextnodescheckboxesandclick
OK.
5 ClickOK.
TheprintdefinitionsareaddedtoPrintOrganizer.
6 InPrintOrganizer,selectFile>SaveAs.
7 SavewiththenameBSI400.pset.
8 ClosePrintOrganizer,notsavingthechangestocivil.pset.
YoucannavigateaprintsetsfoldersinProjectExplorertoseetheprint
definitions.Toviewaprintsetfilelink,doubleclickitorrightclickthelinkand
selectPrintOrganizerfromthepopupmenu.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
PrintingSetsofFiles
PDFswithhierarchicalbookmarks
PrintOrganizerletsyoucreatePDFoutputthatpreservesthehierarchydefinedin
theprintset.
ThisisapplicabletoonlytoPrintOrganizer,andonlyrelevantforprintsets
containingfolders.ThefoldernamesdisplayinthePDFoutputasBookmarks.
Exercise:ExporttoPDF
1 ContinuinginBSI400Sheets.dgn,selectFile>PrintOrganizer.
2 InPrintOrganizer,selectFile>OpenandopenBSI400.pset.
3 RightclicktheBSI400folderandselectPrint.
4 InthePrintdialog,clickPrinterSetup.
5 InthePrinterSetupdialog,clicktheEdit(pencil)icon.
ThisisanotherwaytoopenthePrinterDriverConfigurationdialog.
6 OntheBasePropertiestab,expandtheDriverPropertiessection.
IfEnableBookmarkHierarchyison,thebookmarksinsidethePDFfile
reflecttheprintsethierarchyvisibleinPrintOrganizer.IfthePDF
bookmarkpropertyisdisabled,onlythebaseprintdefinitionnames
appearinthePDFbookmarkssection.
7 SincethedefaultisOn,closethedialogwithoutmakinganychanges.
8 ClosethePrinterSetupdialog.
9 InthePrintdialog,enabletheOpenprintfileaftercreationcheckboxand
clickOK.
Theoutputisplacedinthe\WorkSpace\Projects\Examples\Civil\out
directory.IfyouhaveAdobeReaderorAcrobatavailable,thefilewillopen
automatically.
10 IntheAdobeapplication,clickthePagesandBookmarksiconsattheleft.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Onthepagestab,youseethumbnailsofthefiles.Clickthethumbnailto
displaythatfilespage.OntheThumbnailstab,youcanseethehierarchy.
Clickafilenametodisplaythatfilespage.
11 ClosetheAdobeapplication.
12 InMicroStation,selectFile>Close.
OpeningJOBfiles
PrintOrganizerprovidesaseamlessupgradeforBatchPrintusers.Legacydata
createdfortheBatchPrintutilitysuchaspentablesandjobsetfilesare
supportedinPrintOrganizer.
SelectFile>Opentoopenaprintset(.pset)fileorajobset(.job)file.WhenPrint
Organizeropensajobsetfile,eachcorrespondingmodelinthejobsetis
convertedtoaprintdefinition.Theprintdefinitionpropertiescomefromthe
printspecificationsstoredinabatchplt.spcfile.Therefore,itisnecessarytohave
accesstothebatchplt.spcfilewheninitiallyopeningajobsetfileinPrint
Organizer.
Note: PrintOrganizercannotsavetoajobsetfile.
PrintStyles
PrintStylesletadministratorsdefineandreusenamedcollectionsofprint
definitionproperties.PrintStylesarecreatedusingPrintOrganizer'sDefinePrint
StylesoptionontheToolsmenu,andarestoredintheopenDGNfileorinthe
configuredDGNlibraries.PrintStylesareappliedusingPrintOrganizerorthePrint
dialog.
PrintStylesareusefulifyoufrequentlyusethesameprintdefinitionproperties
everytimeyouprint.Forexample,ifyoualwaysprintataparticularsizewitha
specificpentable,youcandefinethoseprintdefinitionpropertiesinaPrintStyle
andhavethemautomaticallyappliedtoaprintset.Thisisaccomplishedby
identifyingaprintstyleasadefaultprintstyleorbyassigningaprintstyletoa
printerdriverconfigurationfile.
Administratorscanstoregroupsofcommonlyusedprintdefinitionpropertiesina
PrintStyleandthenyoucanreferencethemondemand.Thismethodof
referencingprintstylesishelpfulwhenyouuseagroupofprintdefinition
propertiesforaspecificprojectoronanoccasionalbasis.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
PenTables
WorkingwithPrintStyles
WhileyouareworkinginPrintOrganizeryoucanapplyaprintstyle.Afteryou
haveselectedtheprintdefinitions,youcanselectTools>ApplyPrintStyletoopen
theApplyPrintStyledialog.ThisdialogdisplaystheprintstylesintheopenDGN
fileandintheconfiguredDGNlibraries.Printstylesthatdisplaywithboldtext
resideintheactivedesignfile.Toapplyaprintstyle,selecttheprintstyleandclick
OK.
Editingdefinitionsusingaprintstyle
Toeditoneormoreprintdefinitionsusingaprintstyle,inthePrintOrganizer
dialog,selectoneormoreprintdefinitions.SelectTools>ApplyPrintStyle.Select
thePrintStyleandclickOK.
SeetheonlineHelpfiletopicWorkingWithCompleteDesigns>Printing>Print
Stylesformoreonthissubject.
PenTables
Pentablesallowyoutoresymbolizeadesign.Byusingdifferentpentables,you
canproduceprintedoutputwithdifferentelementsymbologythanwhatisinthe
originaldesign.PentablesarecreatedusingthePrintdialog'spentableeditor.
TheyaresupportedinbothPrintOrganizerandthePrintdialog.
Theinstructionstoresymbolizearecontainedinsectionswithinthepentable.For
eachsectionthereareelementevaluationcriteriausedtoselecttheelements
youwanttomodify.Thereisalsoasetofoutputactionsthatspecifywhatyou
wanttodotheelements.Duringprocessing,thepentabletestsforthepresence
ofspecifictypesofelementsandtheirrelatedcharacteristics.Iftheseelements
arefound,thepentablewilloperateonthemasdirected.
YoucanopenaV7pentableinMicroStationV8andyouwillhaveaccesstoallthe
newfunctionalityifyouchoosetoeditthepentable.However,anychangesthat
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Pen Tables
yousavetoanolderpentablewillautomaticallyupdateitandmakeitunusable
inpreviousMicroStationversions.MicroStationBASICmacrosarenotsupported.
Creatingpentables
YoucancreatepentablestoapplytheparametersyouwanttoanyDGNfile.
Somepentablefeaturesdependupontheactiveprintdriverassomehave
additionaloptionsbecauseofthelanguagetheyusetocommunicatewiththe
printer.
Exercise:Createapentable
Project:Geospatial
2 Open\dgn\BSI200R02LandAcquisition.dgn,andopentheLimitmodel.
3 OpenthePrintdialog.
4 InthePrintdialogselectResymbolization>NewPenTable.
5 IntheCreateNewPenTablefiledialog,namethenewpentablegeo.tbl
andclickSave.
Whenapentableisopened,anysectionspresentarelistedintheElement
SelectionProcessingOrderlist.Thesesectionscanbemovedupordownusing
thebuttons.
Globalactionsarecompletedwithoutregardtosectiondefinitions.Theyare
appliedacrosstheentireDGNfileandacrossalllevelswithinthefile.Global
actionscannotbefocusedonanyspecificsection.
Youcanapplymorethanonesectiontoanelement.IfMultipleelementsections
isenabledinthePenTableOptionsdialog,thesectionsareselectedandapplied
indescendingorder,startingatthetopofthelistandworkingdownwards.By
default,thisisdisabled,andonceasectionhasbeenselectedbyitsinputcriteria
anditsoutputactionsapplied,pentableprocessingonthatelementstops.
Textsubstitutions
Thisfeatureletsyoureplacetextinadesignduringprinting.Thiscanbedonewith
standardtextstringvariablesfortextitemssuchasthedate,time,orfilename.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
PenTables
Onceapentableiscreated,accesstheTextSubstitutionsdialogbyclickingthe
button.
TheActualandReplacementfieldsmustbepopulatedforthetextsubstitutionto
work.
TheactualfieldisthetextstringintheDGNfilethatwillbereplaced.Typethe
textstringthatwillbeusedforthesubstitutionprocess.Thetextthatis
enteredinthisfieldiswhatexistsintheDGNfile.
Textenteredinthereplacementfieldiswhatisusedtoperformthetext
substitution.Forexample,itwillreplace$DATE$with12/20/08orStreetwith
St.
UseEditmenuitemstoinsertanewitemandthenfillinthefields.Youcanalso
useitemsheretoinsertvaluessuchasthefile,sheetormodelname,date,time
andothers.
Penmaps
Insteadofrelyingonelementbasedoutputactions,youcancreatedesigncolor
tooutputcolor,outputwidth,outputgrayscale,andoutputscreeningmappings.
Thismethodisimplementedlikepenrecordsintheprinterdriverfile,soyoucan
havecolorandwidthresymbolizationonaperstrokebasis.Theorderof
resymbolizationisthatfirst,anypenrecordsdefinedinthe.pltcfgfileareapplied.
Next,anypenmapsinthepentableareapplied.Ifdesired,youcandisable
individualpentablepenmapsinordertokeepthe.pltcfgdefinitions.Finally,any
RGBcolor,grayscale,screening,and/ormillimeterwidthactionsinthepentable's
elementbasedoutputsectionareapplied.
Note: Pentablepenmapsareonlysupportedforprinterdriversusing
change_pen=color,orboth.
Youcanassignscreeningtopendefinitionsasanalternativetousingpentablesto
achieveprintscreening.Itpermitsscreeningonaperstrokebasisinsteadofper
element.ThePENrecordsyntaxisasfollows.
pen(pen_number)=(colors,weights,orlevels)/GRAYSCALE
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Pen Tables
Itispossibletodefinegrayscalependefinitionswithoutexplicitlyspecifyingthe
RGBcolorcomponents.ThePENrecordsyntaxisasfollows:
pen(pen_number)=(colors,weights,orlevels)/SCREEN=<valuebetween0.0and
100.0>
Aswithpentablescreening,100.0indicatesnoscreeningand0.0resultsinpure
white.
Redefiningpencolor
Youcanapplymultipleoutputcolorandwidthsymbologytodifferentpartsofthe
sameelement,basedonthecomponentcolors.Forexample,anelementwitha
multicoloredcustomlinestyleoranassociativehatchlinkagedefinitionwitha
differentcolorcanbeassigneduniquewidthsforthespecificcolorsusingpen
colormaps.Pencolormapscorrespondtoprinterdriverpenrecords,andcanbe
overriddenusingelementbasedoutputactions.
Redefiningpenweights
YoucanalsospecifyprintoutputwidthsforeachoftheMicroStationweight
values.Thesecorrespondtotheweight_strokesrecordintheprinterdriverfile.
Weightmapshavelowerprioritythanbothpencolormapsandelementbased
outputactions.
PenTableOptionsdialog
Thisdialogisusedtocontrolpentableoptions.ClickthePenTableOptionsbutton
atthebottomoftheElementSelectionCriteriatabtoopenit.
Levelsymbology
TheElementsymbologycomparisonmodesettingaffectsonlythewayinwhich
theinputcriteriatreatslevelsymbology.Therearetwomodes.
Asstoredinelementheadermeansthattheelementheadersymbologyis
matchedagainsttheinputcriteria.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
PenTables
Asdisplayedinviewmeanstheviewsymbologyismatchedagainsttheinput
criteria.
Thepentableoutputactionsarealwaysapplied,regardlessofwhetherlevel
symbologyisenabled.
Applyingmultiplesectionstoelements
Youcansetapentabletoapplymorethanonesectiontoanelement.
IfMatchmultipleelementsectionsisenabled,thesectionswillbeselectedand
appliedindescendingorder,startingatthetopofthelistandworkingdown.
Ifthepentableturnsblueelementscyan,thenalatersectionmakes
cyanelementsdashed,theelementswillbedashed.
Ifthissettingisdisabled,onceasectionhasbeenselectedbyitsinputcriteriaand
itsoutputactionsareapplied,pentableprocessingonthatelementstops.
Ifthepentableturnsblueelementscyan,thenalatersectionmakes
cyanelementsdashed,theoriginallyblueelementswillnotbedashed.
Complexandcompoundelements
Useoptionstocontrolwhetherpentableprocessingwilltreatcells,sharedcells,
dimensions,multilinesortagsassingleunitsorasindividualelements.
Whentreatingasasingleunit:
Onlythecomplex/compoundheaderisprocessedbythepentable.Allofits
childreninheritanyoutputactionsappliedtotheheader.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Pen Tables
Whentreatingasindividualelements,orexploding:
Thecomplex/compoundheaderisignoredbythepentable.
Complexchainsandcomplexshapesarealwaystreatedassingleunits.
Individualelementscannotbeprocessedbythepentablemorethanonce.
Note: WhenreadingapentablecreatedinearliereditionsofMicroStation,the
Explodetagscheckboxisenabledbydefault.Thisensurescompatibility
betweenthetwoeditionsaspreviously,tagelementswerealwaysexploded.
TheElementSelectionCriteriatab
SettingsonthistabdeterminewhichelementsintheDGNfileareselectedfor
processing.Youdonothavetodefineallthesettings.Whereasettingisnot
defined,alloptionsforthatsettingareincluded.Forexample,ifyoudonotseta
colororrangeofcolors,elementsofallcolorsareselected.
Note: Onceanelementisselectedbyacertaincriteria,itcannotbeselectedagain.If
abluedashedlineisidentifiedbythebluecriteriaandselectedforprocessing,
itcannotbeidentifiedagainbythedashedcriteriaandselectedforfurther
processing.
Disablesection
TheDisableSectionoptionletsyouremoveasectionfromtheprocesswithout
deletingthesectionorchangingitspositionintheprocessingorder.Thisishelpful
whendebuggingpentables,asyoucandisableindividualsectionsandthentest
toseeifaproblemcanbereproduced.
ModelFormat
ThisoptionletsyoutotestwhetheranelementisfromaDGNorDWG/DXF
model.ThedefaultselectionisAny.
Files
SelectthistoopentheIdentifyFilesdialog,whichisusedtoidentifyreferences
forapentablesectionbasedontheirslotnumbersorlogicalnames.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
PenTables
Type
Thislistboxcontainsalistofelementtypes.Atypeisselected(againstwhichan
elementisevaluated)byhighlightingit.TheEditmenuhasthefollowingrelevant
menuitems:ClearTypesandSetAllTypes.
Attributesoptions
Usetheseoptionstoentercriteriaintothecorrespondingfields.
Levelregularexpression
Youcanuseregularexpressionstoselectlevels.Forexample,ifyoutypea.*inthe
Levelregularexpressiontextbox,thepentablesectionwillmatcheverylevel
beginningwitha.
Thecomparisonsarenotcasesensitive.Ifapentablecontainsalistoflevelsanda
regularexpression,allmustmatchtheelementlevelnameforthepentable
section'soutputactionstobeapplied.
ElementOutputActionstab
Donotplot
Allelementsmatchingthecurrentsectionwillnotbeprinted.Whenselected,this
optioncausesallotheritemsontheOutputActionstabtobedisabled.
Priority
Pentablepriorityisonlysupportedfor2Dfiles.Priorityappliedto3Dfilesis
ignored.PriorityisimplementedthroughZdepth,usinghardwareacceleration
whenpossible,sothepentableisnolongerrequiredtomakemultiplepasses
throughtheelementlist.Thispermitsactionssuchasassigningdifferentpriorities
toindividualcomponentsofasharedcell.
ColorandFill
ByIndexusestheMicroStationcolortableasapalettetoselectfrom
ByRGBletstheuserdefinered,greenandbluevaluestomixanyrequired
colorthatfallsoutsideoftheexistingcolorpalette
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Pen Tables
Grayscalecalculatestheequivalentgrayscalevaluetothecolorbeingplotted.
Ifthecolorisdarkblue,theplottedgrayscalevalueendsupadarkgray.Ifthe
colorisyellow,theplottedgrayscalevalueisalightgray
Exercise:Modifythefill
1 ContinuinginBSI200R02LandAcquisition.dgn,inthePrintdialog,you
seethattheprintpreviewdisplaysamapthatconsistsofafilledarea.
2 FromtheModifyPenTabledialog,selectEdit>RenameSection.
3 IntheRenameSectiondialog,replaceNEWwithchangefillcolorandclick
OK.
4 OntheElementSelectionCriteriatab(rightsideofthedialog),makethe
followingchanges:
Type:ComplexShape
ClicktheFillColorbutton,clickon222,andclickOK.
Nowcomplexshapesthatarecolor222willbeoperatedupon.
Outputactionsareassociatedwitheachpentablesection.Outputactions
specifywhatistobedoneonceanelementmeetsthesectionselement
criteria,similartoSelectByAttributes.
5 OntheElementOutputActionstab,makethefollowingchanges:
Fill:EnabledandsettoOn
FillPattern:EnabledandsettoCrossHatch
6 IntheModifyPenTabledialog,selectFile>Save.
7 ClosetheModifyPenTabledialog.
8 Makesurepdf.pltcfrgistheactivedriverandclickPrint.
9 IntheSavePrintAsdialog,clickSave.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
PenTables
10 Youcannavigatetotheprojects\outfolderandopenthePDF,orjustclick
theeffect.
Thefilliscrosshatched.
11 ClosetheAdobeapplication.
12 InMicroStation,selectFile>Closewhenyouaredonewiththismodule.
Screening
Screeningcausesanelementtobecomelighterincolor.Ifanelementisscreened
95%youwillseelittlechange.However,ifanelementisscreened5%,thenthe
elementisleftwithonly5%ofitsoriginalcontentanditwilldisplayasmostly
white.Screeningshowsinaprintpreview.
Whenyouscreenanelement,theelementremainsopaqueandcontinuesto
overlaporcovertheelementsbelowit.Itblocksoutanythingthatresidesbelow
itorthatwasdrawnbeforeit.
Transparency
Specifictransparencycanbespecified.Bydefault,thetransparencyprint
attribute(Settings>PrintAttributes)isenabledwheneverapentablethat
containstransparencyoutputactionsisattached.
FillPattern
FillPatternletsyouchangethepatterninfilledshapes.Youcanseeelements
throughthepatternandyoucanprintontopofthem.
Width
Youcanassignapredefinedweight,calledByIndex,oryoucandefineByMMor
ByInches.Thisletsyouassignlineweightsthatarenotpredefinedintheprint
driver.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Pen Tables
LineCap
Ifthecenterlineoftheexampleobjectsisthedrawnline,andtheoutsideborder
isthepenthickness,youseehowtheshapeofthecapaffectstheoutput.Ifyou
placealinethatmeetsanotherlineatavertexandneitheroftheselinesare
joined,thelineswillcapthemselvesindependently.
Youcanredefinefillcolorusingthesameoptions.Notethatfillcoloroutput
actionsinthepentablenolongeraffectpatterncolor,sinceanelement'sfilland
patterncolorsareunrelatedinMicroStation.
Here,Cap1isFlat,whichdoesnotaddanythingtotheendoftheline.Cap2is
Square,whichaddshalfthethicknessofthelinetoeachend.Cap3isRound,
whichaddsaroundcapwitharadiusofequalshalfthelinethickness.
LineJoin
Thisconditionoccursatthevertexwheretwolinesmeetandaredrawnin
succession,asinlinestrings,shapes,complexstringsandcomplexshapes.You
candefinehowtheseelementsbehaveatthevertexinapentable.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
AutoCADCTBandSTBfiles
Youcandefinelinejoinbyelement.
Thethinlineistheactuallineandtheoutlineisanexaggeratedpenwidth
Whenplottedthesewouldappearsolid
AutoCADCTBandSTBfiles
TheprintsystemautomaticallydetectsanyAutoCADplotstyletables(.ctbor.stb)
specifiedintheactivelayoutofaDWG.Ifoneispresentandenabled,theplot
styletableisautomaticallyconvertedintoamemoryresidentMicroStationpen
tableandattachedtotheplot.
ThisbehavioriscontrolledbyHonorsheetplotstyletableinthePrintdialogs
Preferencesdialog.PlotstyletablesaresearchedforintheAutoCADplotstyles
directoryfirst,andifnotfound,theMS_PENTABLEsearchpath.
WhenconvertingaCTBfileintoaMicroStationpentable,AutoCADcolornumbers
1through254aremappedtoMicroStationcolorindices1through254.
TheCTBfilehasanadditionalassignmentforAutoCADcolornumber255.
MicroStationdoesnotpermitpenmapresymbolizationofcolorindex255(the
backgroundcolor),soinV8.5thisassignmentwasmappedtoMicroStationcolor
index0.CTBfilesdonotcontainassignmentsforAutoCADcolornumber0,as
AutoCADdoesnotletyoudrawinthatcolor.
SinceMicroStationusersexpectcolors0and7tobepurewhitewhenworking
withDWGfiles,theMicroStationpentableignorestheCTBcolor255mapping
andmakespenmapcolors0and7thesame,withoutputassignmentstakenfrom
color7.
Bevel Miter
Round
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
AutoCAD CTB and STB files
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 197 Customizing the User Interface
CustomizingtheUserInterface
ModuleOverview
Inthismoduleyouwilllearnhowtouseelementtemplatestostandardize
optionsthatarepresentedtousers.YouwilluseMicroStationsCustomizeutility
tocustomizethelookandfeeloftheuserinterface.Youwillalsolearnhowto
managethesecustomizations.Themodulealsopresentstheprocessesneededto
bringlegacycustomizationsforward.
ModulePrerequisites
KnowledgeofbasicMicroStationelementplacement,modification,and
viewingtools
ModuleObjectives
Enforcestandardswithelementtemplates
Createtasksandmenusandaddtools
Migratestgresourcesandimportanm01file
Reportonandmanagecustomizations
ExportandimportcustomizationstoXML
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Customizing the User Interface 198 Feb-13
Question
1 Whatisadesignlibrary,orDGNlibrary?
2 Whatisyourcurrentmethodofapplyingstandardizedelementattributes?
3 Doyouhavelegacycustomizations?
Answers
1 ADGNlibrarycontainsstandarddefinitionsforthingssuchaslevels,text
anddimensionstyles,cells,etc.thataresharedthroughoutfilesandby
membersofaworkgroup.When youuseadefinitionfromaDGNlibrary,it
iscopiedtotheactivefileandisgiventhesamename.Youcancompare
thelocalresourcetotheDGNlibrarytoseeiftheDGNlibraryhaschanged,
orifthelocalresourceisoutofsyncwiththeDGNlibrary.
2 Thisisimportantbecauseithelpsdefinewaysinwhichelement
templates,tools,andtaskscanbeimplementedtohelpstandardize
production.
3 SettingsManagersettingsfilesandexisting.m01resourcescanbe
importedforuseinMicroStationV8i.Youcanthenusethenewtoolsto
organizeandenhancethosecustomizations.
EnforcingStandardswithElementTemplates
Elementtemplatesarenamedsetsofelementattributesthatcanbeusedtoset
activeelementplacementparameters.Auserselectsanelementtemplate,which
activatestheattributesstoredinthetemplateandcanalsoactivateakeyin
command.Oncecreated,youcanapplythemtoyourcustomtools.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ElementSelectioncanshowalltheelementtemplateswithinafile.Youcanuse
thelistontheTemplatestabtoselectanddeselectelementsbaseduponthe
templatethatwasusedfortheirplacement.
Creatingelementtemplates
Templatesarestoredingroupssoyoumustplanastructurethatfitsyour
workflow.
Exercise:Createatemplategroupandatemplate
Project:Civil
2 Moveuponelevel,changeFilesoftypetoAllFiles(*),andopen
\dgnlib\civil.dgnlib.
3 SelectElement>ElementTemplates.
4 IntheleftframeoftheElementTemplatesdialog,rightclickoncivil.dgnlib
andselectNewTemplateGroupfromthepopupmenu.
5 NamethegroupExistingFeatures.
Thetemplatesinthisgroupwillbeusedwhendrawingexistingfeatures.
6 RightclickonthetemplategroupnameandselectNewTemplatefromthe
popupmenu.
7 NamethenewtemplateGround.
Assigningproperties
Whenyouaddatemplate,itadoptsthelevel,color,linestyle,andlineweight
propertiesfromtheactivesettingsintheAttributestoolbox.Youmustassignthe
propertiesyouwant.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Enforcing Standards with Element Templates
Exercise:Assignproperties
1 Continuingincivil.dgnlib,withthenewtemplatehighlighted,setthe
followinginthePropertiesframebyclickinginthefieldtotherightofthe
property:
Levels:SurveyExistGround
Colors:ByLevel
LineStyles:ByLevel
Weights:ByLevel
2 RightclickthegroupandcreateanothernewtemplatenamedFlowline
withthefollowingproperties:
Levels:SurveyExistFlowline
Colors,Weights,andStyles:ByLevel
3 IntheleftframeoftheElementTemplatesdialog,rightclickoncivil.dgnlib
andcreateatemplategroupnamedAnnotations.
4 Createatemplateforthisgroup:
Name:Descriptions
Levels:PlanTextDescription
5 RightclickintheareaundertheGeneralSettingsareaandselectAdd>
Text>TextStyleOverrides>TextSlant.
6 ExpandthecategoryandsettheSlantto5degrees.
7 Createanothertemplate:
Name:Notes
Levels:PlanTextNotes
8 RightclickundertheGeneralSettingsandselectAdd>GeneralSettings>
Transparency.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
9 SetTransparenciesto30.
10 SelectFile>SaveSettingsandclosethefile.
Workingwithelementtemplates
OnceyouaddtemplatestotheopenDGNfile,thenameisprecededbyablueV8
icon,youorganizethembymovingthemupordownwithinatemplategroup,or
movethemintoanothertemplategroup.Ifyoucopyanexistingtemplate,you
canadd,modify,anddeleteproperties.Youcannotcut,rearrange,delete,or
renametemplatesinaDGNlibrarywithoutopeningthatDGNlibrary.Ifthe
templatechangesinaDGNlibraryyoucanusetheDGNLIBUPDATETEMPLATES
keyininaDGNtosynchronizeproperties.Thisissimilartotextanddimension
styles.
TemplatesfromanyopenDGNfilecannotbecopiedormovedintoaDGNlibrarys
templategroups.ThesearerepresentedbygrayV8icons.
Settingandlockingtemplates
ElementtemplatesareactivatedusingtheActiveTemplatetoolintheAttributes
toolbox.Itprovidesalistofavailabletemplatesandalsoservesasatoggletolock
newelementstotheactivetemplateduringplacement.Whileelementtemplates
aresimilartoSettingsManagercomponents,elementsthatareplacedwitha
templatelockedareautomaticallyupdatedwhenparametersintheelement
templatearemodified.
Thereisanimportantdifferencebetweensettingandlockingtheactiveelement
template.Inbothcaseselementswillhavepropertiesthataredefinedinthe
template.Buttheywillultimatelybehavedifferently.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Enforcing Standards with Element Templates
Settingtemplates
Ifyousetthetemplatebyselectingonefromthehierarchytree,theactive
attributesettingschangetothosedefinedinthetemplate.Whenyouplacean
element,theelementwillhavethetemplatespropertiesbutitisnotlockedto
thetemplate.Ifthetemplatepropertiesarechangedandalibraryupdateis
issued,theseelementswillnotchange.
Lockingtemplates
Whenatemplateislocked,theactiveattributesettingschangetothosedefined
inthetemplateandelementswillhavethetemplatesproperties.Elementsare
alsoassociatedwith,orlockedto,thetemplate.Ifthetemplateupdatesanda
libraryupdateisissued,theseelementswillchange.Thisisprobablythebestway
towork.Tolockatemplate,setthetemplatebyselectingonethenclickthe
ActiveElementTemplateiconsothatitisdepressed(highlightedbackground).
WhenyouuseatemplatefromaDGNlibrarytoplaceanelement,iftheActive
ElementTemplateiconislocked,acopyofthattemplateisplacedintheopen
DGNfile.
Exercise:Placeaflowlinelockedtoatemplateandupdate
1 Open\dgn\BSI400W01Survey.dgn.
2 ClicktheActiveTemplatetoolintheAttributestoolboxsothatitislocked.
3 Clickthearrownexttothetool,expandtheExistingFeaturesgroup,and
selecttheFlowlinetemplate.
Theactiveattributeschangetothosestoredinthetemplate.
4 SelectPlacePointorStreamCurvefromtheDrawingtasks,withthe
followingtoolsetting:
Method:Points
5 Followingthestatusbarprompts,placeaflowlineinthefile.
Therearenowflowlinesinthefilethatwerenotlockedtoatemplateand
onethatis.
6 ClickPreviousModeltoreturntoCivil.dgnlib.
7 IntheElement>ElementTemplatesdialog,selecttheFlowlinetemplate
andchangethecolorto7,cyan.
9 ClickNextModeltoreturntoBSI400W01Survey.dgn.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
PersonalDGNLibraries
10 OpentheKeyinbrowser,typeDGNLIBUPDATETEMPLATES,andthen
pressEnter.
Theflowlinelockedtothetemplateupdates.
YoucanalsoselectUpdateTemplatesfromLibraryfromtheElementTemplates
dialogsUtilitiesmenutoupdateelements.
Updatingelementsusingtemplates
Ifatemplatewasusedwhileplacingelementsandsomeonemanuallychanges
elementsymbologysothatitdoesntmatchthetemplate,youcanissuea
commandtoupdatethesymbology.
Exercise:Changesymbology
1 ContinuinginBSI400W01Survey.dgn,selectthelockedflowlinewith
ElementSelectionandchangeitscolortoanother.
2 IntheElementTemplatesdialog,selectUtilities>UpdateSelected
Elements.
3 ClickCleartoreleasetheselectedflowline.
4 ClosetheElementTemplatesdialog.
Youcanalsoupdatethesymbologyofallelementsinaselectionsetthatare
associatedwithlocaltemplates.ExpandtheElementSelectiontoolstoolsettings,
selectthetemplatestabandidentifythetemplatetoselecttheelements.Note
thatifanelementthatisnotassociatedwithatemplateisselected,itssymbology
willnotchange.
PersonalDGNLibraries
WhenyouopenaDGNfileyoucanseeanduseallthecustomtools,toolboxes,
andtasksintheavailableDGNlibraries.Thesearelibrariesthataredefinedinthe
(Workspace>Configuration,PrimarySearchpathscategory,DGNLibraryList)
MS_DGNLIBLISTconfigurationvariable.ItdefinesthepathtoDGNlibrariesthatare
usedasresourcesduringthecurrentsession.Tool,task,andmenucustomization
canbeperformedonlyinfilesthatareconfiguredDGNlibraries.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Personal DGN Libraries
Ifyoucreatecustomizationsforyourselfthatyoudonotwanttobeavailableto
others,youshouldsavetheminapersonalDGNlibrary,whichiscreatedwhen
youcreateanInterface.
WhenyoucreateanewInterfaceintheFileOpendialog,notonlyisanew
ustn.r01filecreatedintheC:\DocumentsandSettings\All
Users\Bentley\MicroStation\WorkSpace\Interfaces\MicroStation\<interface
name>folder,auserspecificDGNlibraryisalsocreated.ThenameofthisDGN
libraryisthesameastheuserinterface.YoucanopenthisnewDGNlibraryand
addcustomtools,tasksandmenusthatareuniquetothem,butitisnotshared
becauseitisnotdefinedintheMS_DGNLIBLISTconfigurationvariable.
IntheConfigurationdialog,inthePrimarySearchPathcategory,theUser
InterfaceDGNLibraryListvariableMS_GUIDGNLIBLISTincludesthepathtoDGN
librariesinthecurrentuserinterfacefolder,soyoumayseeothercustomizations
inadditiontothosedefinedinyourpersonalDGNlibrary.
HowtocreateanInterface:
IntheFileOpendialog,selectNewfromtheInterfaceoptionlisttoopenthe
CreateUserInterfacedialog.Typeanameanddescription.MicroStation
createsasamenamedinterfacefolderunderthe
\WorkSpace\Interfaces\MicroStationfolder.Itcontainsa*.dgnlibandthe.r01
file.
Todefineyourpersonaluserinterfacecustomizations,navigatetothe
interfacedirectoryjustcreatedandopentheDGNLIBthere.Thenyoucanuse
thefeaturesontheToolstabintheWorkspace>Customizedialog.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
CustomizingTasksandTools
Warning:AnyonecancopyotherDGNlibrariestotheiruserinterfacefolder,sothattools,
tasksandmenusfromthosefilesarealsoloaded.Tools,tasks,andmenusinthe
userinterfacefolderwillbethefirstonesloadedandwillhaveprecedenceif
duplicatesexistintheDGNlibrariesreferencedbyMS_GUIDGNLIBLIST.
MicroStationletsyoucreatecustomtoolsandtoolboxes.Customtoolscanbe
copiesofstandardMicroStationtoolsortoolsfromDGNlibrariesmodifiedtofit
yourneeds,ortheycanbecreatedintheCustomizedialog.Customtoolscanbe
setuptohelpyoudrawelements,adjustsettings,runotherapplications,linkto
websites,andmore.
Customtoolsareplacedincustomtoolboxes,whichareusedtoorganizetools.
CustomtoolboxescanbecopiesofstandardMicroStationtoolboxesortoolboxes
fromDGNlibraries,modifiedtofityourneeds,ortheycanbecreatedbyclicking
theNewToolboxicon.Youcanplacecustomtoolboxeswithinothertoolboxes.
Customtoolboxescanbeopenedandusedinyourworkspaceandgroupedinto
tasks.
Youcreateandmanagecustomtools,toolboxes,andtasksontheToolstabinthe
Customizedialog.
Creatingtasks
Ataskisasetoftoolsgroupedtofacilitateaparticularworkflow.Bydefiningand
groupingtasks,youcancreateataskbaseduserinterface.Thetoolsgroupedinto
ataskcanbestandardMicroStationtools,customtools,oracombinationofboth
types.Atask'stoolscanbegroupedintostandardMicroStationtoolboxes,custom
toolboxes,oracombinationofbothtypes.Thereforetheinterfacewillcontainall
thetoolsandtoolboxesyouneedtocompleteyourwork,groupedthewayyou
wantthem.
Exercise:Notethetasks
1 ClickPreviousModeltoreturntocivil.dgnlib.
2 SelectWorkspace>Customize.
3 IntheTaskssection,expandApplicationTasks.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Customizing Tasks and Tools
4 ExpandGUI.dgnlib.
ThisistheMicroStationdefaultDGNlibrary.Itcontainsthedefaulttasks
thataredelivered.TheV8iconisgrey,indicatingthatyoucannotmodify
thisdeliveredfile.
Yourprojectscustomizationscanbeperformedonlyinfilesthatareconfigured
DGNlibraries.IfyouarenotworkinginafilethatisidentifiedinMS_DGNLIBLIST
(Workspace>Configuration,PrimarySearchPathscategory,DGNLibraryList),you
cannotcustomize.
OtheravailableDGNlibrariesarelistedonthedialogsFilemenu.Ifyouattempt
toaccessthecustomizetoolsandcannotusethem,youcanselectaDGNlibrary
listedontheFilemenu.
TheBuildingprojectsavailableDGNlibraries
(TheCivilprojecthasnoneconfigured)
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Creatingtasksandaddingtools
Onceataskiscreatedyoucanaddexistingtoolsortoolsthatyoudefineinthe
Customizedialog.YoucanuseanyMicroStationtooloranyexistingcustomtools
youhavepreviouslydefinedinanm01file.
Exercise:Composeataskcontainingtoolsfromdifferenttoolboxes
1 Continuingincivil.dgnlib,ontheToolstaboftheCustomizedialog,expand
UserTasksintheTaskssection.
2 Selectcivil.dgnlib,nexttotheblueV8icon.
3 ClicktheNewTaskicon.
Thetasklistexpandsandanewtaskisadded.
4 NamethenewtaskComposeDrawingSet.
Note:ArightclickmenuforeachtaskoffersaRenameoptionaswellas
optionsforreordering,creating,anddeletingtasks.
5 Intheleftframe,expandApplicationTools,thenMicroStation.
AllMicroStationstoolsareavailablehere.
6 ScrolltotheReferencetools.
7 DragtheReferencetoolstotheComposeDrawingSettaskanddropthem.
8 ScrolltotheTexttools.
9 DragthesetoolstotheComposeDrawingSettask.
Note:Ifyoumakeamistake,Undoworksonthesedraganddropoperations.
Youcanaddentiretoolboxesorindividualtools.
10 ScrolltotheCloudtoolsandexpandthem.
11 DragtheCloudbyPointstooltotheComposeDrawingSettask.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
12 ScrolluptotheCellstoolsanddragthePlaceActiveCelltooltothe
ComposeDrawingSettask.
Editingtasks
Onceyouaddatoolboxtoatask,youcaneditthetoolsitcontains.
Exercise:Refinethetask
1 Continuingincivil.dgnlib,expandtheTexttoolsintheComposeDrawing
Settask.
Youwillkeeponlythetoolsthatarerelevanttoyourdrawingsets.
2 DeleteallthetoolsexceptPlaceText,EditText,andChangeCase.
YoucanusetheCtrlkeytodeletemultipleordeleteindividually.Also,the
dialogisresizablerightabovethePropertiessection.
3 DeleteallReferencetoolsexceptAttachReference,ClipReference,Delete
Clip,MoveReference,ScaleReference,RotateReference,andDetach
Reference.
4 NowhighlighttheCloudByPointstoolandclicktheSeparatoricon.
Warning:SincetoolsarereferencedintoTasks,ifyoudecidetomodifyatoolsfunctionitcan
affectmanytasks.
Youcanreordertasksthemselvesandalsoreorderthetoolswithinatask.Usethe
moveupanddownarrows,ordraganddrop,toarrangethetoolsandtoolboxes.
Exercise:Reorderthetasks
1 Continuingincivil.dgnlib,clickthearrownexttoTasksintheTasksdialog.
TheComposeDrawingSettaskisaddedtothetasklist.
2 MaketheComposeDrawingSettasktheactivetask.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Usetaskstodefineaworkflow
Youcancomposeaseriesoftasksthathelpdefineacompleteworkflow.Inmost
casesaworkflowconsistsofacollectionoftasksorganizedintheorderthatyou
willusethemtocompleteaprojectorjob.
InordertocreateaworkflowyoumustcreateandstoreitinaDGNlibraryand
makesurethatthe.dgnlibfileisstoredinthelocationspecifiedbythe
MS_GUIDGNLIBLISTconfigurationvariable.WorkflowsappearintheTasksdialogand
haveaWorkflowicon.
Exercise:Composeaworkflow
1 Continuingincivil.dgnlib,intheCustomizedialog,selectcivil.dgnlibinthe
Taskssection,clickNewTaskandnamethetaskSiteWork.
2 DragtheMicroStationLinearElements,Measure,andPolygonstoolsto
thetask.
Note:Youcanpressakeyonthekeyboardtojumptoaletter.
3 MaketheMeasuretoolslastusingthearrows.
4 Selectcivil.dgnlibontheTaskstab,clickNewTask,andnamethetask
Drafting.
5 InthePropertiesframeofthedialog,setTreatTaskasWorkflowtoTrue.
6 DragtheComposeDrawingSettasktotheworkflow,andthentheSite
Worktask.
Includingtaskswithintasks
Youcancreateoneinstanceofataskandreferenceitinothertasks.Thismakesit
easyifyouneedtochangethetask.Youchangeitintheoriginaltaskandthe
changeisseeninalllocations.
Acopyofthetaskisupdatedautomaticallywhenyouchangetheoriginaltask.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Thenameofthecopyofthetaskappearsinitalics,indicatingthatitisacopy
oftheoriginaltask.
Whenyouselectacopyofthetask,theTaskPathinthePropertiespane
indicatesthelocationoftheoriginaltask.
Howtoincludeataskwithinatask:
First,selectthetaskthatyouwanttocopy.Then,rightclickthetaskand
chooseCopyfromthepopupmenu.Rightclickthetasktowhichyouare
copyingthetaskandselectPasteTaskReferencefromthepopupmenu.
MainTasks
TheMainTaskstabcontainsthedefaulttasksthatyouseeintheTaskNavigation
dialog.ThesearethetoolsintheMaintoolboxandanyothertasksdefinedin
ustation.dgnlib.
Creatingtools
Whenyouaredefiningcustomtoolsandtoolboxes,donotdothisinindividual
tasks.Youshouldnotcreatethesametoolinmultipletoolboxes.Instead,you
shouldcreateonecopyofatoolandplaceitinonetoolbox,thendistributeit.
Exercise:Createacustomtoolthatusesakeyin
1 Continuingincivil.dgnlib,intheCustomizedialog,expandUserToolsin
theleftframe.
2 Selectcivil.dgnlib.
3 ClicktheNewToolBoxicon,andnamethenewtoolboxWebResources.
4 Withthenewtoolboxselected,clickNewTool.
5 NamethenewtoolLink.
6 Withthenewtoolselected,inthePropertiesframeoftheCustomize
dialog,intheCommandDatasection,highlighttheNULLKeyinvalueand
typethefollowing:
ATTACHWEBTAG
7 ChangetheBalloonTexttoAddELink.
8 IntheGeneralSettingssection,clickintheIconinputfield,andthenclick
thebrowsebutton(...)ontheright.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
IntheDefineIconforTooldialog,youllbechoosingtoolsfromthe
MicroStationapplication.
9 Atthetop,setLookforiconsintoApplications.
10 ExpandMicroStation,scrolltotheELinkstools,expandthem,select
AttachEngineeringLinkandclickOK.
Theicondisplaysintheiconfield.
Youcandisplayatoolsicon,orlabel,orbothbysettingtheTool
Presentation.
11 SetToolPresentationtoIcon+Label.
Toolicons
IntheDefineIconforTooldialog,theLookforiconsinoptionsletyouselectthe
sourcefromwhichyouwanttoselect,import,ordeleteiconsforcustomtools.
ApplicationscontainstheiconslistedunderApplicationToolsintheCustomize
dialog.ItincludesallMicroStationtoolsandMDLapplicationtools.
CurrentDesignFileistheonlysourcefromwhichyoucandeleteicons.
ImportSelectedIconsisthesourcetousetoimporticon(ICO)files.
ImportSelectedBitmapsisthesourcetousetoimportbitmap(BMP)files.
YoucanalsocreateyourowniconsinVectorIcon.dgnlibfile.
Import/export
UsethekeyinCUSTOMIZEEXPORTICONS<path\directory\>toexporticonsfrom
theopenDGNlibrarytoadirectory.Youmaywanttoexporticonsinordertoedit
them.
Note: OnlytheiconsshownintheDefineIconforTooldialogwhenLookforiconsinis
settoCurrentDesignFilewillbeexported.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
UsethekeyinCUSTOMIZEIMPORTICONS<path\directory\>toimporticonsfrom
adirectorytotheopenDGNlibrary.
Warning:Whenimportingicons,importediconswillreplaceexistingiconsofthesamename.
Note: YoucanuseMicroStationtocreategeometrythenselectUtilities>Image>
Capturetocaptureanimage.Then,useanimageeditingapplicationtorefine
theimage.
Generalsettingsforusertools
Additionalgeneralsettingsbesidesiconandpresentationareasfollows.
TheToolTypeoptionsspecifythebehaviorofthetool.
Standardmakesthetoolactiveuntilyouselectanothertool.
APushButtonwillnotstartanewcommandanddoesnotinterruptacurrent
placementcommand.Usethistosendimmediatecommandkeyins.For
example,thekeyinCO=1;LV=Landscapingwouldsettheactivecolorand
level.
Dimensionoptionsdeterminewhetheratoolwillbeavailablewhenworkingin
2DDGNfiles,3DDGNfiles,orboth.
Addingadvancedtools
SinceyoucanuseanyMicroStationkeyinasthecommandstring,youcan
predeterminetoolsettingsoropendocuments.Youcanalsolinktoawebsite.
Youcanuse%tolinktoanydocument.Forexample,
%C:\temp\CADstandards.doc.
or
%www.census.gov
Also
!C:\temp\Lot_Design.txtopensthetextdocumentintheapplicationassociated
withthe.txtextension.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Exercise:Addatoolthatlinkstocoderequirements
1 ContinuingintheCustomizedialogbox,selecttheWebResourcestoolbox
intheleftframeandclickNewTool.
2 NamethenewtoolCodeRequirements.
3 Withthenewtoolselected,inthePropertiesframe,intheCommandData
section,highlighttheNULLKeyinvalueandtypethefollowing:
%%iexplorehttp://www.google.com
search?hl=en&q=civil+code+requirements
4 ChangetheBalloonTexttoFindCodeReq.
5 IntheGeneralSettingssection,clickintheIconinputfield,andthenclick
thebrowsebuttonontheright.
6 ExpandMicroStation,scrolltotheStandardtools,expandthem,select
BentleyLibraryandclickOK.
7 SetToolPresentationtoIcon+Label.
Addingcustomtoolstotasks
Toolboxesarelikethedrawersinatoolchest.Youhaveonedrawerfor
screwdrivers,onedrawerforwrenches,andonedrawerforhammers.Yourfirst
taskistofixachairandyoursecondtaskistohangapicture.
Youmightneedthehammerforbothtasks.Imaginethatwhenyouarereadyto
performoneofthetasks,youautomaticallyhavewiththepropertoolsfromeach
drawer.Youdonothavetoopeneverydrawertofindthetoolsyouneed,nordo
youhavetobringtheentiretoolchesttoperformyourtasks.Thisiswhatyoudo
whenyouaddtoolstotasks.
Taskscanuseoverlappingsetsoftools.Forexample,youcancreateonecustom
drawingtoolandincludeitintwotasks.
Whenyouneedtoperformtasknumber1,youselectthetaskandthetool
appearsautomatically,alongwiththeothertoolsthatareneededfortask1.
Whenyouneedtoperformtasknumber2,youselectthetaskandthetool
appearsautomatically,alongwithadifferentsetoftoolsthatareneededfor
task2.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Exercise:Addtoolstoataskworkflow
1 Continuingincivil.dgnlib,intheCustomizedialog,dragtheWebResources
toolboxtotheDraftingworkflowintheTaskssection.
2 MaketheWebtaskssecondintheworkflow.
3 IntheTaskNavigationdialog,clicktheDraftingworkflowicon,expandthe
WebResourcestasksandclicktheAddELinktool.
Toolsettingschangetoreflectthecommandstringyouentered,which
activatestheAttachEngineeringLinkcommand.
Youcanalsocreatetoolsthatopendialogsorperformrepeateduseractions.Just
dragthetoolthatopensthedialogtoataskorworkflow.Or,createanewtool
usingthekeyinthatopensthedialog.Forexample,DIALOGDIMSTYLEorDIALOG
REFERENCE.
Ifyouneedtomodifythetoolyoudosoonce,andbothtasksareautomatically
updatedtoreflectthemodifications.
Applyanelementtemplatetoatool
Youcanapplyelementtemplatestotoolssothattheattributesinthetemplate
arealwaysinvokedwiththetoolisused.Youcanimportsettingsfromexisting
SettingManagerresourcefilesandtoimportandexportelementtemplate
definitionsusingXMLfiles.
OptionalExercise:Defineatemplateforaplacementtool
1 Continuingincivil.dgnlib,createatoolboxnamedDrainageandaddatool
namedFlowline,usingthefollowingparameters:
Keyin:PLACESMARTLINEJOINON
BalloonText:PlaceFlowline
Icon:MicroStation>LinearElements>PlacePointorStreamCurve
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ToolPresentation:Icon+Label
2 ClickNoneintheTemplatePathentryfieldintheCommandData
section.
3 ClickthearrowandnavigatetotheExistingFeatures>Flowlinetemplate
andselectit.
4 DragtheDrainagetoolboxtotheDraftingworkflow,belowtheSiteWork
task.
ItisautomaticallyaddedtotheTaskNavigationdialog.
5 IntheTaskNavigationdialog,clicktheDrainagetask,andthenthe
Flowlinetool.
Notethechangeinthetoolandactiveattributessettings.
Additionalcommanddatasettingsfortools
TheAssociateTemplatesettingsetsthestatusoftheActiveElementTemplate
toolintheAttributestoolboxwhenatoolisused.
WhenAlwaysisselected,theiconisavailable.
Nevermakesitunavailable.
UseCurrentSettingdoesnotchangethestatusoftheicon.Iftheiconis
availableandatemplateisdefined,elementsthatusersplacewiththetool
willbeplacedwiththetemplatesettings.
IfyourightclickintheAssociateTemplatefieldthereisanAddDefaultTemplate
option.Ifyousetone,whenthetoolisused,thedefaulttemplatespropertiesare
appliedtotheelement.Ifatemplatepropertyisspecifiedinbothtemplates,the
associatedtemplatetakesprecedence.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Managingtoolsettings
Anotherfeatureistheabilitytocontroltoolsettings.
Howtocontroltoolsettings:
First,rightclickonthecustomtoolandclickAdd.
Then,selectDialogItemSettingsfromthepopupmenu.
AnItemSettingssectionisadded.Usethisareatosettoolsettings
parameters.ExpandtheDialogItemSettingsentry.ThensettheDialogItem
Nametothetoolsettingyouwanttoaffect.Forexample,ifyourtoolcallsthe
PlaceSmartLinecommand,theToolSettings.JoinenablestheJoinElements
checkboxinthePlaceSmartLinetoolsettings.
AdditionaldialogitemscanbeaddedbyrightclickingontheItemSettings
headingandselectingDialogItemSettings.
Hint:TofindouttheavailabletoolsettingsforacommandyoucanusethekeyinSET
ITEMTOOLSETTINGS.Todoso,invokethetoolinMicroStationandthentype
thekeyin.TheoptionsarelistedintherightframeoftheKeyinbrowser.
TheTypeoptiondeterminesthetypeforthedialogitem.Itcanbeliteral,asin
thepreviousexercise,adistancestoredinmeters,anareastoredinsquare
meters,oravolumestoredincubicmeters.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
MigratingResources
TheValueisthevaluefortheType.Ifthetoolplacesalinethatisconstrained,
oneofthedialogitemswouldbethelineslength,whichisTypedistance.The
Valuewouldpresetthelengthoftheline.
Additionaltoolproperties
Youcanaccessavailabletoolpropertiesifyourightclickonanewtoolandselect
Addfromthepopupmenu.
Expandtheoptionsonthismenutoadddesignfilesettingssuchastheactive
snapmodeoranactiveangle.Fencemodescanbeset.UsetheLocksoptionsso
thatthetoolusesthegraphicgrouplockortheannotationscalelock.Youcanalso
applyfencesettingssuchascliporoverlap.Thecommanddatasubmenuletsyou
addafieldsoyoucandefineadefaulttemplate.
MigratingResources
.Stgresources
Legacy.stgresourcescanbeimportedandbeusedastoolsandtemplates.The
settingsfilegroupsbecomeindividualtoolboxes.Theircomponentsaretoolsthat
maintainalltheirspecificsettings.Eachgroupalsobecomesatemplate,
containingallattributesettings.
Exercise:Migrateexistingcustomizations
1 Continuingincivil.dgnlib,intheCustomizedialog,selectFile>Import>
FromSettingsManager.
2 IntheSelectSettingsFiletoImportdialog,navigateto
...\Workspace\System\data\styles.stgandclickOpen.
AnewtoolboxwiththenameoftheDGNfileisaddedtotheUserTools.
3 Rightclickonthecivil.dgnlibtoolboxandselectRename.
4 RenamethetoolboxCivilLinestyles.
5 Expandthetoolboxandnotethechildtoolboxeslisted.
ThereisoneforeachSettingsManagergroup.
6 DeleteV40DimensionStyles.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Migrating Resources
ItisemptybecausethestyleshavebeenaddedtotheDimensionStyles
dialog.
7 ExpandV40MultilineStylesandselectatool.
Youcanseeanykeyinassociatedwiththetool,alongwithanyother
propertiesthatweresetforthecomponent.TheTemplatePathspecifies
theelementtemplatefromwhichtheattributessuchascolorandweight
willcome.YoucanseetheimportedtemplatedefinitionsintheElement
Templatesdialog.
8 DragtheCivilStylestoolboxtotherootlevelCivil.dgnlibtaskanddropit.
Thenewtoolsarereadyforuse.
Importinganm01file
Toimportalegacy.m01file,firstcreateanInterfacefolderforthe.m01file.For
example,...\Workspace\Interfaces\OldInterface,inWindowsExplorer.Placethe
.m01filethere.ThenopenMicroStationusingthatinterface.
WhenyouopentheCustomizedialog,thecustomizationsfromthe.m01filewill
appearundertheMicroStationApplicationtools.Workwiththemnowjustasyou
woulddefaultMicroStationApplicationtools.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ReportingonCustomizations
ReportingonCustomizations
YoucangenerateanHTMLreportonallthetemplate,customtoolbox,custom
tool,task,andcustommenudataintheactivefile.
Exercise:Reportonthecustomizations
1 Continuingincivil.dgnlib,intheCustomizedialog,selectUtilities>
GenerateHTMLReport.
YoucanspecifyanameandlocationfortheHTMLfileintheGenerate
HTMLReportdialog.ThedefaultistocreateafilenamedaftertheDGN
fileinthecurrentfolder
2 SelectthetypesofdatayouwanttoincludeandclickOK.
AnHTMLfileopens.Itcontainsinformationaboutallthetemplate,
customtoolbox,customtool,taskandcustommenudatainCivil.dgnlib.
3 ReviewandthenexittheHTMLfile.
ExportingandimportingcustomizationstoXML
YoucanimportandexporttoXMLfilesinordertoedittoolboxes,toolsand
templateswithanXMLeditingtool.
Onceusertoolsandtaskshavebeencreated,selectFile>Export>XMLinthe
Customizedialog.Then,selectalocationandnameforthefile.
WorkingwithMenus
CustommenusarecreatedandstoredinDGNlibraries.Thisallowsadministrators
tocustomizemenusinoneplaceandtodistributethecustomizationstomany
users.Withthistypeofcustomizationonlyadditionsanddeletionstothe
MicroStationmenusarestored.MicroStationdoesnotstoreacopyoftheentire
setofmenus,asitdidinpreviouseditions.
IfyouusedearliereditionsofMicroStationtocustomizemenus,youcanimport
yourcustomizationsintotheMicroStationV8i.Menucustomizationsalsocanbe
importedfromandexportedtoXMLfiles.YoucangenerateHTMLreportsofall
themenucustomizationsintheopenDGNfile.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Working with Menus
Creatingmenus
SelecttheMenuBartab,andthenusethetoolsprovidedtocreatenewmenus
andmenuitems.
Exercise:Createamenu
1 Continuingincivil.dgnlib,intheCustomizedialog,clicktheMenuBartab.
2 SelectMainMenu.
3 ClicktheNewMenuiconandnamethenewmenuCivil.
Toinsertamnemonic,insertthetildecharacterbeforethecharacteryou
wanttobetheaccelerator.
4 PlacethecursoratthebeginningofthewordCivil.
5 PressShift+~beforetheCinCivil.
~Civil
Ifyoulookatthemainmenubaryoucanseethatthemenuhasbeen
addedtotheinterface.
6 Selectthemenu(clicktoitsright)andclicktheuparrow,ordragand
drop,tomoveitabovetheHelpmenu.
7 RightclickontheCivilmenu.
8 SelectNewMenufromthepopupmenu.
9 NamethenewmenuTools.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
WorkingwithMenus
Addingtoolstoamenu
Exercise:Addtoolstothemenu
1 Continuingincivil.dgnlib,expandUserToolsintheleftframeandexpand
civil.dgnlib.
2 SelecttheWebResourcestoolboxanddragittotheToolssubmenu.
Thetoolsarenowaccessiblefromthemainmenubar.
Youcanalsocreateamenuentrythatopensatoolbox.
3 RightclickontheToolssubmenuandselectNewMenuItem.
4 RenamethenewmenuitemModification.
5 InthePropertiesframeofthedialog,CommandDatasection,typethe
keyin:
CUSTOMIZEOPENTOOLBOXMODIFY
6 SelectCivil>Tools>Modificationtoopenthetoolbox.
Menuitems
Exercise:Addadditionalmenuitems
1 Continuingincivil.dgnlib,intherightframeoftheCustomizedialog,right
clickontheCivilmenu.
2 SelectAddNewMenuSeparator.
3 RightclickontheCivilmenuandselectNewMenuItemfromthepopup
menu.
4 NamethenewitemDimensionStyles.
5 InthePropertiesframeofthedialog,CommandDatasection,typethe
keyin:
MDLKEYINDIMSTYLEDIALOGDIMSTYLEOPEN
Youcanopenanydialogfromthecustommenu.
6 RightclickontheToolssubmenuandselectNewMenuItem.
7 RenamethemenuitemDrainage.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Working with Menus
8 Typethekeyin:
CUSTOMIZEOPENTOOLBOXDrainage
ThisentryopenstheDrainagetoolbox.
Additionalmenuproperties
Aswithtools,theDimensionoptionsdeterminewhetheramenuwillbeavailable
whenworkingin2DDGNfiles,3DDGNfiles,orboth.
Contextmenus
YoucancustomizeMicroStationscontextmenus.Contextmenusarethemenus
accessedbyclickingtherightmousebutton.TheResetcontextmenuscontents
changedependingontheactionthatisbeingperformed.
CustomcontextmenusshouldbecreatedandstoredinDGNlibrariessotheycan
bestoredinoneplace,butthecustomizationscanbedistributedtomanyusers.
Creating
Whencreatingcontextmenus,theiconsaresimilartocreatingtasksandtools.
Viewbasedontests
Youcanshoworhidethembasedontests.ClickinthearrownexttotheNone
valueintheShow/HidefieldintheGeneralSettings.Inthedialogthatopensyou
canselectapredefinedtestfromtheoptions.Additionally,youcanusesymbol
setsandnamedexpressions.
SeetheonlineHelptopicSettingUpProjects>Workspaces>Customizingthe
UserInterface>Contextmenusformoreinformationonthis.
Note: Ifaredcheckmarkappearsonacontextfolder,thenashow/hidetesthasbeen
setforit.Thistestaffectsallmenusandmenuitemswithinthecontextfolder.
Menuitemplacement
WhencreatingnewMenuItems,youmustdecidewheretheywillbeplacedin
themenu.Whenyouclickamenuitem,thereisaPriorityoptionintheGeneral
Settings.Prioritydetermineswherethemenuoritemwillbeplaced.Ifanoption
isselectedandUseristhefirstword,themenuisplacedinacustomsection
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
WorkingwithMenus
abovethestandardsectionwiththesamename.IfUserisnotthefirstword,the
menuisplacedinthestandardsectionoftherightclickmenu.
UserCommonsectionattop,Common,ElementsSpecific,
Selection,Clipboard,Delete,Propertiessectionsfollow
Exercise:Addtoolstotherightclickmenu
1 Continuingincivil.dgnlib,intherightframeoftheCustomizedialog,
expandtheContextMenustab.
2 Rightclickoncivil.dgnlibandselectNewContext.
3 NamethemenuLinearTools.
4 RightclickonthenewmenuandselectNewMenuItemandnameit
PropertyLine.
5 IntheCommandDatasection,typethekeyinPLACELINE.
6 LeavePrioritysettoUserCommonsothesectionisatthetopofthe
menu.
7 Createtwomoremenuitemsusingthefollowingnamesandkeyins:
ConstructionLine PLACELINEANGLE
Multiline PLACEMLINE
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Working with Menus
8 Rightclickintheviewtoseetheadditionstothecontextmenu.
Whenyouareworkingwithcontextmenusandcontextmenuitems,rightclicking
inthegrayareabelowtheexistingpropertiespresentstheAddpopupmenu,
whichallowsyoutoaddmorepropertiestotheselecteditem.
Exercise:Addicons
1 Continuingincivil.dgnlib,selectthePropertyLinetool.
2 RightclickintheareabelowtheCommandData(orlast)sectionand
selectAdd>MenuIcon.
AnIconfieldisaddedtotheGeneralSettingsection.
3 Usingthesamemethodasfortools,addtheMicroStation>Points>
Point(s)Betweenicon.
4 AddtheMicroStationPlaceLineicontotheConstructionLineitemand
thePlaceMultiLinetooltotheMultilineitem.
ViewandTentativePopupMenus
ThesetabsletyoucustomizethemenusthatopenwhenyoupresstheShiftkey
andrightclickinaview(Viewmenu)orpresstheShiftkeyandenteratentative
point(Tentativemenu).
Thecontrolsworkthesameasthoseforcreatingandcustomizingcontextmenus.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
TipsandTricks
TipsandTricks
Tofindouttheavailabletoolsettingsforacommandyoucanusethekeyin
SETITEMTOOLSETTINGS.Todoso,invokethetoolinMicroStationandthen
issuethekeyin.TheoptionsarelistedintherightframeoftheKeyin
browser.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Tips and Tricks
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 227 Design File Settings
DesignFileSettings
ModuleOverview
ThismoduleexplainsthesettingsthataresavedinDGNfiles,aswellaspersonal
userpreferencesthatyousetyourself.
ModulePrerequisites
ModuleObjectives
UnderstandandsetsettingsthataresavedinaDGNfile
Understandandsetuserpreferences
Manageuserpreferences
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Design File Settings 228 Feb-13
Questions
1 Whatisamodel?
2 Whatisaconfigurationvariable?
Answers
1 Adesignmodelhasitsownsetofeightviewsandservesasacontainerfor
designgeometry.The2D/3Doptionsletyousetwhetherthedesignmodel
is2Dor3D.Sheetmodelsletyoucomposesheetsbyattachingreferences
andaddingannotations.
2 AstringthatdefineswhereMicroStationshouldlookforcertainfilesor
classesoffiles.TheseletyoucustomizeyourMicroStationworking
environment.
SettingsSavedintheDesignFile
Featuressuchasviewwindowpositions,theactiveelementattributesandview
attributesarenotautomaticallysavedwhenyouchangethem.Ifyouwantto
preservethelayoutonthescreenexactlythewayyouseeit,alwaysselectSave
SettingsfromtheFilemenu.ThesesettingsarethenstoredwiththeDGNfile.If
youopenadifferentfile,youwilllikelyfinddifferentsettings.Forthisreason,
thesesettingsarereferredtoasdesignfilesettings.
Otherdesignfilesettingscanbesetinthe(Settings>DesignFile)DesignFile
Settingsdialog.SetthedesiredoptionsandselectFile>SaveSettingsbefore
exitingthefilesothatthesettingsareineffectwhenthefileisreopened.
Activeangleandactivescale
UseoptionsinthesecategoriestosetthesevaluesfortheDGNfile.Youcanalso
usethekeyinAA=<angle>(AA=45)tosettheactiveangleorAS=<scale>(AS=10)
tosettheactivescale.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Hint:Iftheangleorscalevalueisomitted,thecurrentsettingisdisplayedinthestatus
bar.
Whenyousettheactiveangleorscaleinatoolstoolsettings,thevaluethatis
storedinthefilealsochanges.
Note: OptionssethereaffecttheentireDGNfile,notindividualmodels.
AngleReadout
Useoptionsinthiscategorytosettheformatandaccuracyforanglereadout.
OptionssethereaffecttheentireDGNfile,notindividualmodels.
Youcanselectfromthefollowingformats.DD.DDDDisforDecimaldegrees,
DDMMSSisforDegrees,minutes,secondsoryoucanselectGradiansor
Radians.
Accuracysetstheanglereadoutaccuracyupto8decimalplaces.
DirectionModesetsthewayanglesaremeasured.
Azimuthanglemode
UsetheBasesettingtosetthebasedirectionforanglereadouttoNorth,
South,EastorWest.Tospecifyadifferentdirection,chooseCustomandenter
avalue.Theeffectisseeninthepreviewwindowbelow.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Settings Saved in the Design File
Axis
IfAxisLockisenabled,eachdatapoint,whetherusingaplacementor
modificationtool,isforcedtolieatananglefromthepreviousdatapoint.The
angleisdefinedbytheIncrementvalue,relativetotheStartAnglevalue.Controls
arealsoavailableinthe(Settings>Locks>FullLocks)dialog.
Fourlinesplacedwiththelockonandtheincrementsetto90degrees
Color
Useoptionsinthiscategorytomodifythecolorofhighlightedelements,the
pointer,andselectionsets.Setthistooptimizecontrastwithyourmodels
background.
ElementAttributes
Useoptionsinthiscategorytosetdefaultactiveattributesettings.Ifyouchange
attributevaluesintheAttributestoolbox,theactivevaluesinthemodelwill
change.
SettingsarespecifictoeachmodelinaDGNfile.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Fence,Locks,Snaps
Useoptionsinthesecategoriestosettheactivefencemode,togglelocks,setthe
activesnapmodeandtoggletheSnapandAssociationlocks.Ifyouchangethe
valuesusingothermeans,suchasinatoolstoolsettingsorusinganyofthelocks
orsnapsdialogsormenus,theactivevalueinthefilealsochanges.
Thegrid
ThiscategoryhascontrolsthatareusedtosetGridLockwhichforcesdatapoints
tobealignedwiththegrid,andthegridsspacingandconfiguration.
TheGridMasterfieldsetsthedistance,inworkingunits,betweenhorizontal
gridpointsinanorthogonalgrid.
Tosetthedistancebetweengridreferences,typeavalueintheGrid
Referencefield.Thisfieldsetsthedistancebetweengridreferencesusinga
multipleofMaster/Grid.
Theappropriategridunitsettingsforadesignarerelatedtothesizeofthe
design,workingunits,andtherequiredprecision.
UsetheGridConfigoptionstoviewthegridOrthogonallyorIsometrically.
UsingOffset,rowsareoffsetbyhalfthedistancebetweenhorizontalgrid
points.
GridAspectssetstheratioofthevertical(Y)distancebetweengridpointsto
thehorizontal(X)distancebetweengridpoints.
Orientationsetstheorientationofthegrid.ACSalignsthegridwiththeXY
planeoftheactiveAuxiliaryCoordinateSystem.Topalignsthegridwiththe
Topview.ItextendsalongtheXandYaxesfromtheglobalorigin.Whenyou
rotatetheview,thegridrotateswithit.Viewalignsthegridwiththeview.The
gridwillappearthesameineachview,gridpointsalignedhorizontally.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Isometric
Useoptionsinthiscategorytodeterminehowdatapointsrelatetotheisometric
plane.TheIsometricPlaneoptionssettheaxesoftheisometricdrawingplanefor
usewiththeIsometriclockandthePlaceIsometricBlockandPlaceIsometric
Circletools.
Stream
Useoptionsinthiscategorytosethowdatapointsaresampledwhileusingthe
PlaceStreamLineStringtoolandthePlacePointorStreamCurvetool.
StreamDeltasetstheminimumdistance,inworkingunits,betweenvertices
inthestringorcurve.Whenthedistancebetweenthepointerandthe
previousvertexexceedstheStreamDeltavalue,theTolerance,StreamAngle,
andStreamAreaaretothelocationtoseeifadatapointshouldberecorded.
StreamTol(erance)setsthemaximumdistance,inworkingunits,between
recordeddatapoints.Thedistancefromthemostrecentlyrecordeddata
pointischeckedforeachpoint.
StreamDeltaandStreamTolerance
StreamAnglesetstheangle,indegrees,thatwhenexceeded,causesthelast
point(notthecurrentone)toberecordedasadatapoint.
StreamAreasetstheareathat,whenexceeded,causesapointtoberecorded
asadatapoint.
IfAcceptanceDisplayison,thestatusbarshowscriteriabeingsatisfiedas
datapointsarerecordedwiththePlaceStreamLineStringorPlacePointor
StreamCurvetool.Thisisusefulforadjustingthestreamsettings.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Views
Useoptionsinthiscategorytoadjustviewwindowsizeandcontrolthedisplayof
backgroundimagesinviewwindows.
WorkingUnits
Useoptionsinthiscategorytosetrealunitsofmeasurementfordesignmodels.
UsetheFormatoptionstodisplayonlymasterunits,bothmasterandsub
units,ormaster,subandpositionalunits.
YoucanuseMetricorEnglishmasterandsubunits.Selectthedesiredunits
fromtheoptionmenus.Ifyouprefertoseealabelotherthantheonenextto
yourchoice,simplychangetextstringinthefield.
UsetheAccuracyoptionstosetdecimalaccuracyuptosixdecimalplacesfor
coordinates,eightdecimalplacesforscientificaccuracy,eightdecimalplaces
forangles,ortosetfractionalaccuracy.
Changingtheunitsthatareusedmakesnodifferencetotheactualsizeof
geometry.
Exercise:Changingworkingunits
Project:Building
2 Open\dgn\BSI300X9Sign.dgn.
3 MaximizeView1,rotateittoanIsometricview,andthenFitView.
4 SelectMeasureLengthfromtheTasksdialog.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Thistoolreportsthelengthandangleofaselectedelement.
5 Enteradatapointontheleftsideofthesignsbaseandnotethelength.
6 SelectSettings>DrawingScale.
Thisopensadialogwhereyoucanquicklychangeworkingunits,
annotationscale,andtheauxiliarycoordinatesystem.
TheMasterandSubunitsareMillimeters.Allyouneedtodoischangethe
unitssettingandtheelementswillmeasureinthenewunits.
7 ChangemasterunitstoMeters.
8 Enteradatapointonthesamelineandnotehowthelengthisreported.
Thesigndoesnotchangesize;theunitsarejustreporteddifferently.
YoucanalsousethekeyinSETUNITSxxxx,wherexxxxisaunitnamesuchas
Meters.
Exercise:Changingcoordinatereadout
1 ContinuinginBSI300X9Sign.dgn,selectSettings>DesignFile,Working
Unitscategoryandnotethattheformatunitsarereportedinaremaster
andsubunits(MU:SU)andthattheaccuracyissettofourdecimalplaces.
2 Changethefollowing:
Format:MU
Accuracy:0.12
3 ClickOK.
4 Enteradatapointonthesamelineandnotehowthelengthisreported.
AdvancedSettings
Advancedsettingsaffecttheresolutionofthedesignenvironment.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
UnitTypespecifieswhethertheunitsinthisdesignfileareunitsof
measurementoraunitlessrepresentation.Distancemakesthemactualunits
ofmeasurement.Angularmakesthemunitsoflatitudeandlongitude.Unitless
makesthemsomethingotherthanaunitoflinearmeasurement.
Resolutiondeterminestheaccuracyofthedesignplane.TheResolution
settingdefinestheworstcaseaccuracyforthedesignenvironment,which
occursattheveryouterlimitsofthe(verylarge)workingarea/volume.For
example,workingtoaworstcaseaccuracyof0.0001meters,thesizeofthe
designplaneis900millionkilometersalongeachaxis.Actualaccuracyismuch
betterwhendrawingneartheoriginofthedesignplane,whichiswhatusers
typicallydo.
ChangingtheResolutionsettingchangesthesizeofexistinggeometryinthe
model.TheResolutionsettingwillrarely,ifever,havetobechangedfromthe
default.
WorkingAreas(eachaxis)showsthelengthofeachaxisoftheworking
environment,dependingontheresolution.ItisexpressedinMilesor
KilometerwhenUnitTypeissettoDistance.Thisareaisrecalculated,
automatically,iftheresolutionischanged.
SolidsAccuracyiscoveredincoursesabout3D.
Exercise:Changingadvancedsettings
1 ContinuinginBSI300X9Sign.dgn,selectSettings>DesignFile,Working
UnitscategoryandclickEdit.
2 ClickOKinthealert.
3 Changetheresolutionbychanging(per)Metertokilometer.
Thetotalworkingareaincreasesbecauseyounowhave1,000,000unitsof
distanceperkilometerinsteadofpermeter.
4 ClickOK.
5 Enteradatapointonthesamelineandnotehowlongitisnow.
6 ChangetheresolutionbacktoMeterandclickOK.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
User Preferences
UserPreferences
Manyfeaturesoftheuserinterfaceareautomaticallysavedandcarriedfromone
designsessiontothenext.Theyaredifferentfromsettingsthataresavedwitha
DGNfile.
TheUserPreferencefile,UPFfile,isabinaryfilethatcontainsinformationabout
thesettingsestablishedinthePreferencesdialog,yourButtonAssignments,the
locationofopenedtoolboxes,thekeyinhistoryandmore.Inadditionto
MicroStation,someMDLapplicationsmayalsousetheUPFfiletostorespecific
settingsandpreferences.
ThePreferencesdialogismuchliketheDGNFileSettingsdialog,withcategories
ontheleftandoptionsontheright.Someofthesettingschangestakeeffect
immediately.OthersrequireyoutorestartMicroStationbeforetheybecome
effective.
Settingpreferences
YoucantypeanameforagroupofpreferencesettingsintheNamefor
preferencesfield.Thischangesthedescriptionthatisstoredwiththepreferences;
itdoesnotcreateanewpreferencesfile.
Exercise:Changeuserpreferences
1 ContinuinginBSI300X9Sign.dgn,selectWorkspace>Preferences.
2 SelecttheInputcategory.
3 ChangethePointerSizesettingfromNormaltoFullViewandclickOK.
Thissettingaffectsthesizeofthepointerwhenadrawingtoolisactive.It
takeseffectimmediately.TheFullViewsettingmaybemorecomfortable
forpeoplewhohaveusedotherapplications.
4 Openthedialogagain.
PreferencesintheOperationcategorysuchasOpenTwoApplication
WindowsandEnterintoUntitleddesignrequireyoutorestart
MicroStation.ThisalsoappliestoLookandFeelpreferencesthataffect
MicroStationsinterface.
5 ClicktheDefaultsbutton,andthenclickOKtoreturntothedefault
settings.
6 SelectFile>Closewhenyouaredonereviewingpreferences.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
UserPreferences
Managingpreferences
BydefaulttheUPFfileislocatedinthe\Documentsand
Settings\<username>\LocalSettings\Application
Data\Bentley\MicroStation\8.11\<encrypted>\prefsfolderandwillhavethe
samenameastheworkspaceinwhichyouareworking.Youareworkinginthe
deliveredexamplesworkspace,sothereisacorrespondingexamples.upffilein
the\prefsfolder.Oneiscreatedforeachworkspaceinwhichyouwork.
UPFfilesarewrittentowhileyouareworking.Asyourpreferencesandsettings
change,sodoesthesizeoftheUPFfile.Additionally,preferencesandsettings
mayvaryfordifferentworkspaces.
YoucancreatetheconfigurationvariableMS_COMPRESS_USER_PREFSandsetitto1
todetectUPFfilesthatarelargerthan500Kandcompressthem.
Note: Youmaywanttocheckwithyouradministratorbeforechangingany
preferencessettingsonyoursystem.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
User Preferences
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 239 Data Management
DataManagement
ModuleOverview
Thismodulepresentsutilities,tools,andtechniquesthatwillhelpyoumanagefile
contentsothatdesignsareaccurateandfilesizeiskepttoaminimum.Youwill
alsolearnwaystoensurestandardscompliance.
ModulePrerequisites
KnowledgeaboutDGNlibraries
Knowledgeaboutfences
Knowledgeaboutdimensions
ModuleObjectives
Checkfilecontentsagainststandards
Checkdimensionsforproblems
Locateandprocessdesigndatathatrequirescleanup
Graphicallycomparemasterandreferencefiles
Usefilecompressionoptions
Mergeandextractfilecontents
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Data Management 240 Feb-13
Questions
1 WhatisaDGNlibraryfile?
2 Whatisanassociateddimension?
3 Whatarethefencetypesandprocessingmethods?
4 Doyouknowhowtocontrolthedisplayofelementsinaview?
Answers
1 Itisafileinwhichyoustorecommonlyuseddefinitionssuchasthosefor
levels,cells,text,etc.MicroStationreadsthesefilesandretrieves
definitionsfromthem.
2 Itisadimensionthatwasplacedwiththeassociationlockenabled.When
theelementtowhichitisassociatedchanges,itchanges.
3 Youcanplacefenceshapes,orcreatethemfromavieworDGNfile.
Fencedelementsareprocessedasfollows;Insideisonlyelements
completelyinside,Overlapisonlyelementsinsideoroverlapping,Clipis
elementscompletelyinsideandpartsofelementsinsideandoverlapping,
Voidisonlyelementscompletelyoutside.
4 Controlelementdisplaybytogglingleveldisplayorusingoptionsinthe
ViewAttributesdialog.Youcanalsouseclipping.
StandardsChecker
TheStandardsChecker,Utilities>StandardsChecker,letsyoucompare
informationinaDGNfileagainststandardsthatyouhaveestablished.Thisutility
letsyouselectthetypeofinformationtocheck,andcomparesthecontentstothe
standardsyoudefined.Touseityoumustfirstdefineasetofstandardschecksin
aDGNlibrary.
YoucanstorethesettingsinthesameDGNlibraryinwhichyoustoreother
projectwideinformation,oryoucanuseaseparateDGNlibrary.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
StandardsChecker
Configuringsettings
MultipleStandardsCheckersettingscanbestoredinoneDGNlibrary.Thismeans
youcanestablishmorelenientstandardstouseearlierinaprojectandstricter
standardstousenearprojectcompletion.Youmightalsostoresetsofspecial
checks.
Exercise:Configuringsettings
User:examples
Project:General
2 Moveuponeleveltothe\dgnlibfolderandopengeneral.dgnlib.
ThisistheDGNlibraryinwhichStandardsCheckersettingsareconfigured
forthedeliveredGeneralprojects.
3 SelectUtilities>StandardsChecker>Configure.
TheStandardsCheckerSettingsdialogiswhereyoudefinethetypesof
checksthatwillbesaved.Firstcreate,orselectthenameof,thedesired
collectionofsettingsfromtheSettingsNameoptions.Currentlythe
CheckLevelssettingsareactive.Youcanseethatthiscollectiononly
checkslevels,becauseonlylevelchecksareenabled.
Youcancreateacollectionthatchecksforanyoralltypesbyenablingthe
checkboxesandselectingthedesiredsettings.
4 ClicktheSettingsbuttonnexttoCheckLevels.
Foreachchecktypeyoumustselectwherethestandardswillbestored.It
canbeinallconfiguredDGNLIBsorintheopenDGNLIB.Youcheckthe
checkboxesforthepropertiesthatyouwantreviewed.
Herethecheckboxesthatareenabledarethelevelattributesthatwillbe
checkedwhenthecheckisrun.Ifyouwantedtocheckforlockedlevels,
enabletheLockStatecheckboxandclickOK.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Standards Checker
5 SelectConfiguredDgnLibs(MS_DGNLIBLIST)fromtheStandardLevels
Sourceoptionlist.
Whenlevelchecksareperformed,thestandardsthelevelsintheactive
filewillbecheckedagainstarestoredinDGNlibrariesthatareidentifiedin
MS_DGNLIBLIST.
IfyouselecttheSelectedDgnLibsoption,youcanbrowsetoaddor
removeDGNlibrariesfromthelist.Ifyouselecttheactivefile,youcan
createastandardsfilethatincludesboththeactualstandards(levels,text
styles,dimensionstyles,etc.)andthesettingsforcheckingthose
standards.
Youcanseeeachparameteryoucancheckagainstlisted.
6 ClickOK.
7 ClicktheSettingsbuttonnexttoCheckElementTemplates.
Whendefiningthechecksfortemplates,youcanenableCheckLocal
Templatestochecktheactivefileslocalagainstthetemplatesdefinedin
DGNlibraries.CheckElementschecksallelementsintheactivefileagainst
thelocaltemplateswithwhichtheyareassociated.
8 ClickCanceltwicetoexitthedialogs.
9 SelectFile>Close.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
StandardsChecker
Performingchecks
Whenyoucheckafileyoucanselectanamedcollectionofsettingstocheck
againstoryoucanenablethecheckboxesforthetypeofchecksyouwantto
perform.Whenyouselectanamedcollection,onlythecheckboxesforchecks
definedinitareenabled.
UsingCheckLevelstocheckonlyLevelsand
checkingbothlevelsandthelevelsinelementtemplates
Exercise:Executeacheck
Project:Building
3 SelectUtilities>StandardsChecker>Check.
4 SelecttheSettingsNameCheckElementsWithTemplates.
Thiscollectionofsettingschecksfordifferencesbetweenelementsand
thelocaltemplate.
5 EnablethefollowingintheOptionssectionandclickOK.
Interactive
ShowIgnoredProblems
Notetheproblemdescriptionintheuppersectionandtheexplanationof
thedifferenceinthelowersectionofthedialog.Youhavetheoptionsto
ignoreaproblem,fixtheproblemorskiptheproblem.Ifyouskipa
problemthenextcheckwillfinditagain.
6 ClickCancel.
7 SelectUtilities>StandardsChecker>Check.
8 SelecttheCheckTextStylessettings.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Dimension Audit
9 EnabletheCheckDimensionStylescheckboxesandclickOK.
Noproblemsarefound,butyouseethatyoucancustomizeevenasaved
check.
10 SelectFile>Close.
DimensionAudit
Usethisutilitytosearchallthedimensionsintheactivemodelandreportany
problems.
Usingtheoptions
Youcansearchusingasingleoptionoracombinationofoptions.FindNon
AssociativeDimensionsfindsdimensionsthatwereplacedwiththeassociation
lockofforwerenotsnappedtoanelementcorrectly.
Exercise:FindNonAssociativeDimensions
1 ContinuinginBSI300GroundFloorPlan.dgn,selectUtilities>Dimension
Audit.
2 MakesureonlytheFindNonAssociativeDimensionsiconisenabled.
3 ClicktheDimensionAuditFindicon.
Problemsarereported.
4 ClicktheShowReport(downward)arrowatthelowerrightofthetool
settingstoseeadetailedreport.
5 ClickNextItem.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
DimensionAudit
Eachproblemdimensionishighlighted.YoucannowusetheReassociate
DimensionstoolfromtheDimensioningtoolstofixtheproblem.Ifthe
problemiscorrected,theellipsebecomessolid.
Othersearchoptionsareavailable.
FindLostAssociationsfindsdimensionsthathavefailedassociations.The
dimensiondisplaysasaheavydashedline.
FindOverriddenTextfindsdimensionswhosetexthasbeenedited.To
reinstatetheoriginaldimensionvalueyouselecttheEditTexttool,selectthe
dimensiontextelementandthentype*inthetexteditor.
FindDroppedDimensionfindsdimensionsthathavebeendroppedtotheir
componentelements.
Exercise:Findandfixoverriddentext
1 ContinuinginBSI300GroundFloorPlan.dgn,intheDimensionAuditdialog,
enableonlytheFindOverriddenTexticon.
2 ClicktheDimensionAuditFindicon.
Problemsarereported.
3 ClickNextItem.
4 SelectEditTextfromtheTasksdialog.
5 Enteradatapointonthetextstring.
6 Inthetexteditor,replacethevaluewith*.
Thisisdimensiontextthathasbeeneditedandlostitsdynamicdimension
value.Torestorethetextthatisautomaticallygeneratedfromthe
geometryofadimensionedelement,youeditthedimension'stextand
insertanasterisk.
7 Enteradatapointinthefile.
Thedynamicvalueisrestored.
8 SelectFile>Close.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Data Cleanup
DataCleanup
The(Utilities>DataCleanup)DesignFileCleanupdialogletsyouidentify
duplicatedelements,overlappingelements,andgapsbetweenelementsinthe
activefile.
Youcanuseeachtabasanindependentsearchoryoucancombineallthetabs
intoasinglesearchthatlocatesgaps,duplicates,andoverlapssimultaneously.On
theOverlapsandGapstabsyoucansetdifferentsymbologyforflags.Theflags
areconstructionelements,soyoucanturntheirdisplayoffintheViewAttributes
dialog.
Generalsettings
TheGeneraltabisthemaintabofthisdialogandtiestheothertabstogether.Use
ittodefinewhichofthesettingsenteredontheotherthreetabswillbeused.For
example,ifyouonlywanttocorrectgapsinadesign,settheCleanupActionsfor
DuplicatesandOverlapsbothtonone.
OnlyelementsandlevelsintheviewselectedintheProcessViewoptionsare
processed.
WhenCreateBackupisenabled,MicroStationcreatesabackupfileinthe
folderspecifiedbytheconfigurationvariableMS_BACKUP.
Adatacleanupflagisacellplacedinthedesigntoshowwhereduplicatesand
overlapsoccur.Youcandefinedifferentattributesforduplicatesandoverlaps.
IfSaveFlagsinFileisenabled,MicroStationwritestheflagstothefile.Youcan
manipulatethemjustasyoucananyotherMicroStationelement,butyoucan
onlydeletethesemanually.Youcanclearflagsthathavenotbeenwrittento
thefilebyusingUpdateViewtorefreshthescreen.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
DataCleanup
Note:Youcanassignflagstoauniquelevelorsetotherattributeandthen
selectthemusingtheElementSelectiontoolsattributetabs.
UsetheFlagSizeparametertosetthesizeoftheflag.
CleanupActionsdeterminewhatisdonewhenproblemsoccur.Youcanoptto
selectaduplicate,overlaporgap.Youcanopttoflag,orinteractivelyshow
overlapsorgaps.The#Foundlistdisplaysthenumberofproblems.Thestatus
barshowsinformationas
CleanupFinished[D=0O=5G=2]
ThenumberofDuplicateelementsis0,thenumberofOverlappingelements
is5andthenumberofGapsis2.
Findingoverlaps
TheOverlapstabletsyouidentifyanyelementsthatoverlapbyadefinable
amount,helpingyoufindproblemswhereelementsoverlapslightly.Usethe
OverlapstabalongwiththeGapstabtoidentifyelementsthathavesmall
intersectionsandgapsinthem.
TheMatchoptionsetstheelementattributestouseinsearchingfor
overlappingelements.Ifyoudonotcheckanyoftheattributesinthelist,all
overlappingelementsinthespecifiedviewarefound.Ifyouonlyenabled
ColorandStyle,onlyelementswiththesamecolorandlinestylearefound.
Findinggaps
Thistabletsyouidentifygapsbetweentheendpointsofelements.Youcannot
automaticallyfixthesegaps,butyoucanusethetoolinInteractivemode,
selectedfromtheActionmenu,andeditthegapsasyouidentifythemoneby
one.
GapsSmallerThanandGapsandLargerThanletsyoudefineatolerancefor
gaps.Anyelementsthatformagaplargerorsmallerthanthedefinedrange
willbeignored.
IgnoreCoincidentEndsignoresendpointswhicharesharedacrosselements.
Forexample,anelementwhichappearsasasinglelinestringbutisactuallya
seriesoflinesegmentsincludesmanycoincidentendpoints.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Data Cleanup
Exercise:Cleanupduplicates
Project:Geospatial
2 Open\dgn\BSI200R03PublicWorks.dgnandopentheStreetsmodel.
3 SelectUtilities>DataCleanup.
4 SetthefollowingontheGeneraltab:
CreateBackup:Checked
CleanupActions:
Duplicates:Delete
Overlaps:none
Gaps:none
AnasteriskisaddedtotheDuplicatestab,indicatingthatthereare
additionaloptionsyoucanset.
5 OntheDuplicatestab,uncheckallMatchcheckboxes.
ReturntotheGeneraltabsoyoucanseethe#FoundandclickApply.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
DataCleanup
Eightduplicatesaredeleted.
Exercise:Identifygaps
1 ContinuinginBSI200R03PublicWorks.dgn,setthefollowingonthe
Generaltab:
CleanupActions:
Duplicates:none
Overlaps:none
Gaps:Interactive
2 OntheGapstab,uncheckallMatchcriteria.
3 SetGapsSmallerThanto0.500andGapsLargerThanto0.050.
4 ClickApply.
Theviewzoomstothefirstgapthatfitstheparameters.
5 IfyouZoomOutabityouseethatthisgapisnotavisualproblem,soclick
theNextItemarrowintheInteractiveCleanupdialog.
6 ClickNextItemuntilyouarriveatgap11.
ThisgapislargerandaModifytoolcanbeusedtoextendtheline.Youcan
continueclickingtheItemarrowstostepthroughallgaps.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Compare Design Files Graphically
7 ClickFinishtoendtheinteractiveprocess.
8 ClickDone.
9 SelectFile>Close.
CompareDesignFilesGraphically
Youcandistinguishelementsintheactivefilefromthoseinreferencesusing
optionsintheReferencesdialogtochangereferenceelementcoloror
transparency.
IntheReferencesdialog,selectthedesiredfileorfilesandthenselectSettings
>AdjustColors.AdjusttheValue,Saturation,andHuetomakethefileappear
incolororgrayscale.EnablePrintAdjustedColorsandyoucanprintthe
displayyouseeonthescreen.
IntheReferencesdialog,selectthedesiredfileorfilesandthenselectSettings
>Hilite>Hilitetohighlighttheelementscontainedinthatfile.Selecting
Boundarieshighlightsonlythefilesboundary.
MergingFiles
TheMergeutilityisusedtocopyelementsfromthedefaultmodelinoneDGNfile
toanother.
FromMicroStation
YoucanmergemultiplesourcefilesintoasingledestinationfilebyrunningMerge
fromthestandardFileOpendialog,fromwithinMicroStation,orfromasystem
commandprompt.
Exercise:Setuptheview
Project:Plant
2 Open\dgn\BSI700A0101PumpHouse.dgn.
3 OpenthePumpHouseStructuremodel.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
MergingFiles
4 MaximizeView3,selectRotateViewfromtheviewcontroltoolbox,and
clickRightIsometric.
Notetheelementsintheview.
5 SelectFile>SaveAsandsavethefilewiththenameBSI700A0101
YardLayout.dgn.
Exercise:Mergefiles
1 IntheUtilities>MDLApplications,underAvailableApplications,Browse
totheMicroStation\mdlsys\asneededdirectoryandopenmerge.ma.
2 MergeapplicationshouldnowappearintheLoadedApplicationswindow.
3 IntheKeyindialogtypemergeBSI700S0501UnloadingPlatform.dgnand
typeReturnkey.
4 ThenewmergedfileappearsinView3.
5 FitView.
TheelementsfromBSI700S0501UnloadingPlatform.dgnarenow
includedinBSI1700A0101YardLayout.dgn.
Fromacommandprompt
Tomergefilesusingthesystemcommandprompt,firstopenitbyselecting
(Windows)Start>Run,thentypeCMDintheRundialogandclickOK.Typethe
followinginthecommandwindow:
msbatchmerge<destination_filename><sourcefilename_1>[
<sourcefilename_n>]
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Merging Files
Mergingreferences
Youcanmergefilesthatareattachedasreferences.Whenyoudoso,onlythe
levelsinthereferencethataredisplayedintheviewinwhichyouenteradata
pointaremergedintotheactivefile.
Toadddesigncomponentsfromanexistingdesigntotheactivefile,dothe
following.Firstattachtheexistingdesignasareferenceandturnondisplayofthe
levelscontainingtheelementsyouwanttomerge.IntheReferencesdialog,select
Tools>MergeintoMasterandenteradatapointintheviewcontainingthe
elementsyouwanttomerge.
Ifyouattachasavedviewasareferenceandmerge,onlytheviewableareainthe
savedviewwillbemergedintotheactivefile.
Refmerge
Tomergetheactivefileandallattachedreferences,typeMDLLOADREFMERGEin
theKeyinbrowser.Thelastviewinwhichadatapointwasenteredistheview
thatisprocessed,andonlythelevelsdisplayedinthatviewarecopiedtothe
outputfile.Theoutputfilewillbenamedaftertheactivefile,buttheextensionis
.rcd,indicatingthatitisarecorddesign.
MergingreferencesduringSaveAs
YoucanmergereferencefileswhenexecutingaFile>SaveAsoperation.Findthe
optionsontheSaveOptionsReferencestab.
Foreachofthetypesofreferencefileattachments,thefollowingoptionsare
available:
Save:Savetheattachmenttotheoutputfile.
Merge:Mergetheattachmentgeometrytotheoutputfileasindividual
elements.
MergeToCell:Mergetheattachmentgeometrytoasinglecellintheoutput
file.
Omit:Omittheattachmentfromtheoutputfile.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
FileFence
FileFence
Youcancopyormovethecontentsofadesignintoanewfileusingafence.Only
elementsthataredisplayedinthefileareaffectedbytheseoperations.
Copy/MoveFenceContentstoNewFile
UsedthistooltocopyormovethecontentsoftheactivefencetoanewDGNor
DWGfile.
Exercise:Createanewfilecontainingthelayout
1 ContinuinginBSI700A0101YardLayout.dgn,selectPlaceFencewiththe
followingtoolsetting:
FenceType:FromFile,Active
FenceMode:Inside
2 Enteradatapointtoplacethefence.
3 SelectCopy/MoveFenceContentstoFilefromtheMaintoolboxsFence
tools,withthefollowingtoolsettings:
ProcessingMode:Copy
FenceMode:Inside
Switchtogeneratedfile:Checked
4 Enteradatapointtoprocess.
BecauseSwitchtogeneratedfilewasenabled,thenewfileopens.
Toselectadestinationfolder,andalternativefilenameifdesired,clickthe
DefineOutputfileicon.Ifanexistingfileisselecteditscurrentcontentswillbe
deleted.Analertwillwarnyouofthisbeforeyouaccepttheoperation.
IfyouusetheMoveProcessingMode,fencecontentswillbedeletedfromthe
activemodelandmovedtothenewfile.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
File Fence
Usingakeyin
UsetheFILEFENCEcommandtocreateanewdesignfilefromthefenced
elementsinanexistingfile.
Warning:Filefenceoverwritesthecontentsofthedestinationfile.Ifanalertappears
indicatingthatthefileyouspecifyalreadyexists,besureyouwanttooverwriteits
contentsbeforecontinuing.
Exercise:Createanewfileusingakeyin
1 ContinuinginYardLayout_PumpHouse.dgn,FitView.
2 SelectPlaceFencewiththefollowingtoolsetting:
FenceType:FromFile,Active
FenceMode:Inside
3 Enteradatapointtoplacethefence.
4 IntheKeyinbrowser,typethefollowing,adjustingthepathtothedesired
locationonyoursystem:
ff=c:\temp\fence.dgn
5 PressEnter.
6 Enteradatapointinsidethefencetoaccept.
7 Navigateto,andopen,thenewfile.
8 SelectFile>Close.
Whenusingfilefence,allPlaceFencetoolsettingssuchasInside,CliporVoidare
respected.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
FileCompression
FileCompression
Youcanpurgeemptyandunuseddataresources,aswellasdeletedelements
fromtheopenfileusingtheCompressOptionsdialog.
SelectFile>Compress>Optionsandthenselectfromthesetypesofresourcesfor
deletion:
Emptycellheadersandsharedcells
Emptytextelements
Textelementsthatcontainonlyspacecharacters
Unusedsharedcells,linestyles,dimension,multilineandtextstyles,levels,
fontsorelementtemplates
Onceyouhavemadetheselectionsbyenablingthecheckboxes,clickApply.
Theseoptionsaresavedintheuserpreferencefileandwillbeappliedeverytime
youselectFile>Compress>Design.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
File Compression
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 257 Managing Project Data
ManagingProjectData
ModuleOverview
Thismodulepresentstoolsandutilitiesthatallowyoutoshareprojectresources
inseveraldifferentways.
ModulePrerequisites
KnowledgeaboutDGNlibraries
SomeknowledgeaboutHTMLfiles
ModuleObjectives
GenerateHTMLpagescontainingimagesandlinks
LinkelementstowebpagesandDGNfiles
UseHTMLstatementstocontrolMicroStation
UseProjectExplorerandLinkSetstomanagecollaborativeprojectdata
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Managing Project Data 258 Feb-13
Questions
1 WhatisanHTMLfile?
2 WhatisaDGNlibrary?
Answers
1 HTMLstandsforHyperTextMarkupLanguage.Itisatextfilecontaining
markuptagsthattellaWebbrowserhowtodisplayapage.
2 ADGNlibraryisafileforcentrallystoringmanycommonlyused
definitionssuchasthoseforlevels,cells,text,dimensionandmultiline
styles,standardscheckersettings,andcustomuserinterfacecomponents.
ADGNlibraryactsasadefinitionlookupservice.MicroStationreadsthese
filesandretrievesdefinitionsfromthem.
HTMLAuthor
ThisutilitycreatesHTMLfilesthatdisplayMicroStationfeaturesthatcanbe
viewedinyourwebbrowser.HTMLfilescanbecreatedfromacelllibrary,saved
view,MicroStationBASICmacro,oradesignfilesnapshot.Thumbnailimagesare
generatedwhencreatingHTMLfilesfromacelllibrary,designfilesavedview,or
designfilesnapshot.Theprintingsystemisusedtocreatethumbnailimages,so
youmusthaveaccesstothenecessarydriversandconfigurationfilestocreate
them.
CreatinganHTMLfilefromacelllibrary
FirstyouenabletheCellLibraryradiobutton,andthenselectacelllibrary.You
canselectany,orall,cellsinthelibrarytobeincludedintheHTMLpageinthe
HTMLCellPagedialog.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
HTMLAuthor
TheTablesectionhasoptionstoformatthetableinwhichtheselectedcellswill
appear.Viewattributesaresetatthebottomofthedialogandaresimilartothe
ViewAttributesdialog.
Exercise:CreateanHTMLcellpage
Project:Plant
2 Moveuponelevelandopen\cell\PipeFittings.cel.
3 SelectUtilities>HTMLAuthor.
4 WiththeCellLibraryenabled,clickOK.
5 SelectPipeFittings.celandclickOpen.
Aworkingfileopens.
6 SelectthefirstfourelbowdetailcellsintheHTMLCellPagedialog.
7 SetthefollowingintheTablesection:
Columns:2
MaxRows:2
Otheroptions:defaults
8 IntheViewAttributessection,unchecktheLineWeightscheckboxand
clickOK.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
HTML Author
CreateHTMLFiledialog
Thisiswhereyousetthelocation,title,andrelativeURLpathsfortheHTMLfile
youarecreating.
TheLibraryDirectoryfieldspecifiesthelibraryslocationontheserver.
TheImageDirectoryfieldspecifiesthelocationinwhichsavedimagesarestored.
ThelocationoftheHTMLfileyouarecreating,aswellasthelibraryandimage
directories,isthefolderinwhichthecelllibraryresides.Ifyouareprocessinga
designfile,theresultingfilesresideinthesamefolderastheoriginalfile.
URLoptionsspecifywhethertheURLsbeingusedareabsoluteorrelative.
RelativeURLsarerecommended.AbsoluteURLsaresubjecttochange.
Exercise:CreatetheHTMLfile
1 Continuingintheworkingfile,setthefollowingintheCreateHTMLFile
dialog:
FileName:Enteredbydefault.Youcanchangethenameorlocation
Title:Elbowpipefittings
Heading:ElbowDetails(TheheadingwillbeplacedontheHTMLpage)
2 ClickOK.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
HTMLAuthor
Processingcommencesand,ifDisplayFileInBrowserisenabled,thepage
opensinyourbrowser.
3 Closethebrowser.
Note: InanInternetenvironment,thecelllibrarywillbeautomaticallydownloadedto
atemporaryfolderpriortotheactivationofacell.
Designfilesavedviews
SelectthisoptionintheHTMLAuthordialogtocreateanHTMLfilefromasaved
viewinaDGNfile.TheoptionsintheDesignFileWalkthroughdialogaresimilar
tothoseintheHTMLCellPagedialog.TheViewIntheAttributessectionyou
selectwhethertousetheattributesthataresavedinthesavedvieworto
overridethemwiththeseoptions.
Basicmacros
SelectthisoptionintheHTMLAuthordialogtocreateanHTMLfilethat
referencesafolderofMicroStationBASICmacros.Youcanselectanexistingfolder
orcreateanewone.Thenyouselectthespecificmacrosyouwanttoinclude.If
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
HTML Author
UseDescriptionisenabledthepagewillincludeit.Ifnot,onlythemacronameis
included.
TheMicroStation\Systemmacrosbynameorbydescription
Clickthelinkinthepagetoopenthesourcecode.
Designfilesnapshot
SelectthisoptionintheHTMLAuthordialogtocreateanHTMLfilewitharead
onlyimageoftheselectedDGNfile.Severalfilesarecreatedduringthisprocess.
First,aJPEGimageiscreatedforeachviewonthescreenthatyouselect.The
nameisthefirst6charactersoftheDGNfilename,followedbytheviewnumber.
Theimageisgeneratedatthesamesizeastheviewonthescreen.
Next,eachimageandalinktotheDGNfileareincludedontheHTMLpage,which
isnamedaftertheimagefile.
ThefinaloutputisanHTMLfile,namedaftertheDGNfile,withtheselectedview
HTMLfilesinseparateframes.Thepositionandsizeoftheframesapproximate
thepositionandsizeoftheviewsonthescreenwhenthesnapshotwastaken.
Exercise:CreateaDGNfilesnapshot
1 Open\dgn\BSI700P1001Piping.dgn.
2 SelectUtilities>HTMLAuthor.
3 EnabletheDesignFileSnapshotandclickOK.
4 SelectBSI700P1001Piping.dgnandclickOpen.
5 TypethefollowingintheCreateHTMLFiledialog:
Title:Abovegroundpiping
6 ClickOK.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
EngineeringLinks
Animageoftheviewisgeneratedandopensinthewebbrowser.
7 Closethebrowser.
YoucanselecteitherScreen1(left)orScreen2(right)tosnap.TheArrangeViews
checkboxletstheWindow>Arrangecommandarrangetheviewsonthescreen
beforetheimagesandHTMLfilesaregenerated.Thepagewillincludeallopen
views.
EngineeringLinks
EngineeringLinksisaseriesoftoolsforlinkingtoandmanagingremotedata.You
canattachawebaddresstoanelementandthenfollowit.Thismeansyoucan
attachthelinkhttp://www.roadbuilders.comtoroadwaysegmentsinaplanand
thenfollowthelinkonasegmentbacktoroadbuilders.com.
Exercise:Attachanengineeringlink
1 ContinuinginBSI700P1001Piping.dgn,notethattheELinkstoolboxis
open.
ItopenedwhenMicroStationgeneratedthefirstwebpageandconnected
tothebrowser.
2 Openthe3InchBoomArmmodel.
3 SelectAttachEngineeringLink.
4 SettheURLtolocatethecelllibraryHTMLpageyoucreated.
Syntaxis:
file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/All%20Users/
Application%20Data/bentley/MicroStation/WorkSpace/Projects/
Examples/Plant/dgn/bsi700p1001001pipedetail.htm
5 Clickonthepiping.
6 Enteradatapointtoaccept.
Linktypes
Theseoptionssetthetypeoflinkyouarecreating.AnHTMLlinklinkstoan
existingHTMLfilethatexistsanywhere.Youcanpointtoalocalfileortoaweb
address.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Engineering Links
IfyouarecreatingasimpleXMLlink,youcanspecifyarolethattheobjectofthe
linkwillspecify,forexample,areferenceorcelllibrary.TheShowoptions
determineswhetheranexistingpageshouldbereplacedorifanewbrowser
shouldbeopenedwhenfollowingthelink.
Exercise:Followthelink
1 ContinuinginBSI700P1001Piping.dgn,selectFollowEngineeringLink.
2 EnteradatapointonthedetailelementtowhichyouattachedtheHTML
link.
TheHTMLpageopensinyourbrowser.
3 Enteradatapointonthedetailtitle.
Youareredirectedtothelinkedfile.
4 SelectFile>Close.
Identifyinglinkedelements
TohighlightallthelinkedelementsinaDGNfile,usetheShowEngineeringLinks
tool.Thelinestyleandcoloroflinkedelementschange.
Touseanothercolor,typeSHOWWEBTAGSCOLOR<colornumber>intheKeyin
browser.Forexample,ifyouwantthecoloroftheseelementstobeyellow,type
SHOWWEBTAGSCOLOR4.
HTMLstatementstocontrolMicroStation
AnothercomponentofEngineeringLinksistheabilitytosendMicroStation
commandsfromanHTMLdocumentdirectlytoadesignsession.Thisisachieved
throughtheuseoftheHREFtagandtheustnkeyinandustnformprotocols.
Ustnkeyin
WhenyoulaunchabrowserusingMicroStation,thebrowsercommunicateswith
MicroStationusingaprotocolcalledustnkeyin.Youcanusethisinahyperlinkthe
samewaythatyouusehttp,exceptthatinsteadofspecifyingawebpagelike
http://www.Bentley.com,youspecifyacommand.Forexample,ustnkeyin://
place+linelinkedtotextinawebpagewouldinstructMicroStationtostartthe
placelinecommandeachtimethelinkisclicked.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
EngineeringLinks
Youcanusecommandsthiswaytostartmacros,placecells,oropenandclose
views.Anycommandassociatedwithafunctionkeycanalsobeused.
Singleactionlinksareaccomplishedusingthefollowingformat:
<AHREF=ustnkeyin://keyin+command+here>
wherekeyin+command+hereisthestringoftextyouwouldnormallytypeinthe
Keyinbrowser.Notetheuseoftheplussignasasubstituteforspaces.Thisisa
requirementofHTMLdocuments.SpacesarenotallowedinHTMLstatements
exceptasoptiondelimiters.
TheustnkeyinportionoftheprecedingHTMLstatementisreferredtoasthe
protocol.OtherfamiliarprotocolsyouwillseeinHTMLdocumentsandweb
browsersarehttp:forHyperTextTransferProtocolandftp:forFileTransfer
Protocol,bothofwhichareuniversalInternetstandards.Ustnkeyinisaprotocol
uniquetoMicroStation.
Usagetips
Extendthisconceptbyaddinglinkstoawebpageforimportantdesign
components.Youcouldprovideanindexwithlinkstospreadsheets,catalogweb
pages,specificationdocuments,memosanddecisionsrelatedtothatcomponent.
Justmakealistwithbriefdescriptionsofeachlink.
YoucancreateanewdocumentinWordasawebpage,andthenstarttypingin
theinformationtowhichyouwanttocreatelinks.Selectaphrasetolink,right
clickandselectHyperlink.Entertheaddressofthelink.Explicitfilelocations,like
s:\projects\projectfile.dgnaregoodforreferencingdetailsheets.Clickingon
thesetypesoflinksopensthefileautomatically.
Ustnform
Thisspecializedkeyinallowswebpagedeveloperstoextendthefunctionalityof
theFORMHTMLtagtodriveMicroStationfromawebpage.
Followingisanexampleofaformusedtoprovideoptionstoauser.Here,theuser
canselectaviewfromtheoptionlistpresented.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Engineering Links
The<Form...>statementmustbeenteredexactlyasshown:
<FORM method="post" action="ustnform://default">
<INPUT type=[type of form input] name="ustnkeyin://[valid MicroStation
key-in]" value="[option to the key-in]">
.
.
.
</FORM>
Theformdata,whichconsistsofalistofNAME/VALUEpairs,isthenparsedto
extractthekeyins,macros,andparametersthatwereencoded.
Tofitview:
<P><FORM method="post" action="ustnform://default"></P>
<H4><IMG SRC="FitView.gif" HEIGHT=42 WIDTH=42>Fit View: </H4>
<P><SELECT name="ustnkeyin://fit+view+extended+">
<OPTION value="1">View 1</OPTION>
</SELECT>
<INPUT type="Submit" value="Submit View Command">
</FORM></P>
Thetextstringsinboldareprotocolandcommandstatementsusedtocontrol
MicroStationsoperation.
Toplaceacircle:
<P><FORM method="post" action="ustnform://default"></P>
<H4><IMG SRC="plccir.gif" HEIGHT=33 WIDTH=32>Place Circle:</H4><DD>
<INPUT type="radio" name="ustnkeyin://place+circle" value="diameter"
CHECKED>by diameter<BR>
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ProjectExplorer
<INPUT type="radio" name="ustnkeyin://place+circle" value="edge" >by edge<BR>
<INPUT type="radio" name="ustnkeyin://place+circle" value="center" >by
center<BR>
<INPUT type="Submit" value="Submit"></DD>
</FORM>
Thetextstringsinboldareprotocolandcommandstatementsusedtocontrol
MicroStationsoperation.Notethesimilaritiesinthestructureofthedata
containedwithintheform.Onlythetypeofinputisdifferenttoreflecttheuseof
radiobuttonsinsteadofamenulist.
ProjectExplorer
ProjectExplorerprovideshierarchicalstorageforinformationincludedinyour
projects,suchasDGNandDWGfiles,models,references,AdobePDFs,Microsoft
Worddocuments,andMicrosoftExcelworkbooks.UseProjectExplorerto
navigatetoprojectdatafromwithinMicroStation.Whenprojectdataisorganized
usingProjectExplorer,itdoesnotmatterwherefiles,models,orsupporting
documentsareactuallylocated.
Therearetwotabs.Thelinkstabdisplayslinkstoitemsinyourproject.TheFile
tabcanbeusedforbrowsingcontentinthecurrentfilesuchasmodels,levels,
savedviews,references,detailingsymbols,etc.
Exploringprojects
ProjectExplorersupportslinkstoofficedocuments,PDFs,URLs,emailaddresses
andMicroStationkeyins,aswellasdesignandsheetmodels,referencesand
savedviews.ProjectExplorerisadigitaltableofcontentsforprojectdata,
allowingyoutobrowseeasily.
Exercise:Exploreaproject
Project:Building
2 Moveuponeleveltothe\dgnlibfolder,setFilesoftypetoAllFiles(*.*),
andopenLinksets.dgnlib.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Project Explorer
3 ClicktheProjectExplorertabatthebottomoftheTasksdialog.
YouseethefoldersthatwerecreatedfortheBuildingproject.Eachone
containslinkstodifferentprojectresources.
4 WiththeBuildinglinksetactive,expandthenode(plussign)nextto
Designs.
5 Expandthefirstlink.
Youseethedesignmodelsincludedintheproject.
6 Rightclickonthefirstlink.
Youcanaddlinkstothismodeltoelementsinadesign.Dothisby
selectingAddLinktoElement,andthenclickingtheelement.Whenthe
pointermovesovertheelementnow,aniconwilldisplay.Youcanright
clickandswitchtothelinkedlocation.Thiscouldbeamodelcontaining
theelementsoriginalgeometryoralinktoaspecificationdocument.
YouopenlinksusingtheOpenoptiononthepopupmenu.
7 SelectOpen.
Youareredirectedtothedesignmodel.TheDGNfilethatcontainsthis
modelresidesintheprojects\dgnfolder,notthe\dgnlibfolder.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ProjectExplorer
8 ClickPreviousModelintheViewGroupsdialogatthebottomleftofthe
applicationwindowtoreturntoLinksets.dgnlib.
Exercise:Workingwithlinks
1 ContinuinginLinksets.dgnlib,collapsetheDesignnodeandexpandthe
Sheetsnode.
2 RightclickandOpenthesheetAE501.
3 Movethepointeroveroneofthedetailsdrawingtitles.
Youseealinkiconatthepointer.
4 RightclickandselectOpenLink.
Youaredirectedtothatmodel.
5 ClickPreviousModeluntilyoureturntoLinksets.dgnliborclickthe
downwardarrowandselectitfromthelist.
Linksets
Alinksetisagroupoflinkstofiles,models,references,savedviews,and
supportingdocumentation.ThinkofitasyourInternetExplorerFavorites.
TheLinkSetsdialogiswhereyoumanagelinksets.Thefirstthingyoudowhen
creatingaprojectstructureforProjectExploreriscreatealinkset.Storethemin
DGNLIBssoeveryoneinvolvedinaprojectcanaccessthedata.
Withinalinkset,linkscanbeorganizedinahierarchyoffoldersthatcorrespond
toaprojectsstructure.ThishierarchyiscreatedintheProjectExplorerdialog.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Project Explorer
Exercise:Selectingalinkset
1 ContinuinginLinksets.dgnlib,intheProjectExplorerdialog,clickthe
ManageLinkSetsicon(magnifyingglass)tobrowseforexistinglinksets.
Youdonothavetobeinthefileinwhichalinksetwascreatedtouseit.
Youcanusetheoptionmenutoviewlinksetsfromlibraryfiles,inthe
activefile,orinaselectedfile.Butyoumustbeinthefileinwhichalink
setwascreatedtomodifyit.ThefileshouldbeaDGNLIB.
2 SelectActiveFile(Linksets.dgnlib)fromtheoptionlist.
Theavailablelinksetschangefromallthoseidentifiedbytheproject
configurationvariable,toonlythosethataredefinedinthisfile.
Documentlinks
YoucanlinktoDOC,PDF,XLSandotherfileformats.Linkscanbecreatedto
individualExcelworksheets,PDFbookmarks,andtoindividualheadingstylesin
Worddocuments.
Linkingprojectfilestoelements
WhenyourightclickonalinkinProjectExplorer,youhavetheoptiontolinkitto
anelementintheactivemodel.Thelinkcanthenbeusedtoredirecttoadditional
data.
Tocreatetheelementlink,rightclickonalinkediteminProjectExplorer,select
AddLinktoElementfromthepopupmenu,andenteradatapointonthe
elementyouwanttolink.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ProjectExplorer
Modellinkproperties
SelectLinkPropertiesfromtherightclickmenutoviewthepropertiesofalink.
LinkType
Thepossibletypesaremodel,reference,file,folder,savedview,drawingtitle,
configurationvariable,URL,MicroStationkeyin,linkset,MicrosoftWord
bookmark,MicrosoftWordheading,MicrosoftExcelsheet,andAdobePDF
bookmarklinks.
LinkName
DisplaysthenamethatappearsonthelinkintheProjectExplorerdialog.Inthe
PropertiesforLinkorFolderdialogyoucanchangethenameforalllinktypes
exceptfolder,linkset,URL,andkeyin.However,evenafterchangingthelink
name,thelinktargetremainsthesame.
FileName
Thenameofthefilecontainingthelinkeddata.
FullPath
Thelocationofthefilethatisthetargetoftheselectedlink.Ifthefilecannotbe
located,thelinkisbrokenandthisisblank.
Modelname
Thenameofthelinkedmodel.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Project Explorer
Validatinglinks
TherightclickmenuforlinksandmodelsalsoincludesaValidateoption.Select
thistoverifythatthefileorURLtowhichthelinkpointsstillexists.Ifthedata
doesnotexistinthatlocation,thelinknameandfoldernameturnred.Detailsare
providedintheMessageCenter.Thiswillhappenifyoumove,deleteorrename
thetargetfile.IfyoutrytoopenthetargetofthebrokenlinkthroughProject
Explorer,youwillreceiveanerrormessage.
Tovalidateasinglelinkoralllinkswithinafolder,rightclickonthelinkorthe
folderandselectValidatefromthepopupmenu.
Torestoreanassociationyoumustcorrectanynamechangeorrestorethetarget
filetothecorrectlocation.
Note: Alwayscheckwithanadministratortodeterminewhichfilesaremostupto
dateortodeterminetheappropriatefilelocation.
Additionallinktypes
WhenyouclicktheCreateLinkbuttoninProjectExploreryoucanseethatthere
aredifferentlinktypes.
Note: TheProjectExplorericonsareonlyactivatediftheLinksSetsoptionissetto
ActivefileorSelectedFileandthefileisonethatcontainslinksetsintheLink
Setsdialog.Youhavetobeinthefileinwhichalinksetwascreatedtomodify
it.
LinkfromFile
Usedtocreatelinkstofiles.OpenstheCreateLinksdialogwhereyouselectthe
filestowhichyouwanttocreatelinks.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
ProjectExplorer
FolderLink
UsedtocreatelinkstoFolders.Youbrowsetoselectthefoldertowhichyouwant
tocreatethelink.Itmakesanyfilesinthefolderavailable.Folderscanbedragged
fromWindowsExplorerdirectlyintotheProjectExplorerdialogtoo.
RightclickthelinkedfolderinProjectExplorerandchooseOpenfromthepopup
toopenWindowsExploreratthelocationofthelinkedfolder.
KeyinLink
UsedtocreatelinkstoMicroStationkeyins.TheCreateLinkdialogopenssoyou
canselectKeyinLinkandthentypetheMicroStationkeyin.Youcouldopenan
oftenuseddialogbox(PRINT),linktoausefulHelptopic,etc.
URLLink
Usedtocreatelinkstowebsites.OpenstheCreateLinkdialog.SelectURLLink
andthentypeintheURL.
Linktoanotherlinkset
CreatealinktoanotherlinksetinthesameprojectbyselectingLinkSetLinkfrom
theCreateLinkoptions.ClicktheLinkSetsiconattherightoftheinputfieldand
selectthelinksettowhichyouwanttolink.
Note: YoucancreateacopyofalinksetorlinkfolderbypressingtheCtrlkeyand
draggingtheselectedlinksetorlinkfoldertoanewlocationinProjectExplorer.
Thisisthesameasrightclickingthelinksetorlinkfolder,thenusingcopyand
paste.
Exercise:Linktoandexternalfolder
1 ContinuinginLinksets.dgnlib,intheProjectExplorerdialog,clickNew
Folder.
2 HighlightUntitledandchangethenametoSeedFiles.
3 SelectthefolderandclickCreateLink.
4 SelectFolderLinkfromthemenu.
5 Navigateto\WorkSpace\Projects\Examples\Building\seed,selectthe
files,andthenclickOK.
6 IntheLinkTargetdialog,clicktheListtab.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Project Explorer
Youcanseeallthemodelscontainedinthefiles.ifanyreferencesorsaved
viewswerepresenttheywouldbelistedtoo.
7 SelecttheFileTargetTypesandclickOK.
8 InProjectExplorer,expandtheSeedFilesfolder.
Youcanseetheprojectsseedfilesandcanopenthemdirectlyfromhere.
Configurationvariablelinks
AConfigurationVariablelinkidentifiesasetoffilestobesearchedforacertain
typeofresource,suchasreferencefiles,celllibraries,orsectionviews.Createone
byselectingapredefinedvariablefromtheoptionsorcreatingacustomone.
Whencreatingacustomone,multipleconfigurationvariablescanbeusedby
separatingthemwithasemicolon.
Whenyouaredone,afoldercontainingtheresourcesisaddedtothehierarchy.A
foldercreatedthiswaycanonlyshowonetypeofresource.Totrackmorethan
oneresourcetypeyouneedtocreateaseparatefolder(link)foreachone.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Publishingimodels
Exercise:Createconfigurationvariablelinkstotheprojectscells
1 ContinuinginLinksets.dgnlib,intheProjectExplorerdialogwiththe
Buildinglinksetactive,clickCreateLinkandselectConfigurationVariable
Link.
2 IntheCreateConfigurationVariableLinkdialog,setVariabletoCellLibrary
List.
Thenameisaddedautomatically.
3 ChangeittoCellsandclickOK.
4 Expandthefoldertoseetheprojectscells.
Youcannowseethemodelsthatcanbeplacedascellsandopenthe
modelsdirectlyfromhere.
5 SelectFile>Close.
Note: Youcandraganddropfilesintotheviewandreferencethatfileintothecurrent
file.
UsingtheAltkey,youcandraganddropthefileasalink.
UsingtheCtrlkey,youcandraganddropasacell.
Publishingimodels
SelectingFile>PublishimodelopensthePublishimodeldialog.Useittocreate
animodel,whichisaDGNbasedpackagefileusedforinformationexchange.It
islikeasnapshotofthefileanditsreferences.
Animodelisreadonlyandhasa.i.dgnfileextension.Thefilecontainsboth
graphicsandpropertiesfromthesourceDGN,butitoptimizeseverythingforfast
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Publishing i-models
loadinganddecreasedfilesize.TheprocessofconvertingaDGNorDWGfileinto
animodeliscalledpublishing.
Exercise:Publishafile
1 SetthefollowingintheFileopendialog:
Project:Civil
2 Open\dgn\BSI400Cover.Drawing.dgn.
Notethefilecontents.
3 OpentheReferencesdialogandtakenoteofthereferenceslisted.
4 SelectFile>Publishimodelfromthemainmenubar.
5 SetthefollowinginthePublishimodeldialog,
Createasinglepackage:Enabled
Protection:settoPasswordandtypeinapasswordyouwillremember.
6 ClickPublish.
Thefilesareprocessed.
7 SelectFile>Close.
Exercise:Howdoimodelswork?
1 Deletethe.i.dgnfilesEXCEPTBSI400Cover.Drawing.i.dgn.
ThepackagefilewillhavethecurrentdateandtimeintheDatemodified
column.
2 OpenBSI400HorizontalAlignment.Drawing.i.dgn.
3 OpentheReferencesdialogandtakenoteofthereferenceslisted.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
MarkupsDialog
Thereferencedfilesare.i.dgnfiles.Eventhoughtheactualfilewas
deleted,thepackagefilecontainsthedata.
MarkupsDialog
YoucanuseMicroStationtoviewmarkupsmadeusingProjectWiseNavigator.A
markupisanotationmadeinaProjectWiseNavigatorfilethatyoucanviewin
MicroStationusingtheMarkupsdialog.Amarkupcanbeannotationtext,
freehandredlining,orpenandareahighlighting.Theyarestoredinfilesthathave
theextension.overlay.
TheMarkupsdialogisdividedintotwosections.Thetopsectiondisplays
informationaboutthemarkup.Thebottomsectionshowsthecommentsand
reviewer.
Doubleclickingamarkupopensapreviewwindow,whichdisplaysthemodeland
themarkupinformation.IfyouuseMicroStationtoopenan*.overlay.dgnfile,
youcandeleteamarkuporswitchtoreviewmode.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Markups Dialog
MarkupSettingsdialog
Usethistosetthepathtothemarkupsheetfiles.Thedefaultdirectorypathisset
usingtheconfigurationvariableMS_MARKUPPATH.YoucanclicktheBrowseicon
(magnifyingglass)tobrowseforthepathtotheoverlayfiles.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 279 Protecting Your Intellectual Property
ProtectingYourIntellectual
Property
ModuleOverview
Thismoduleexplainsfileprotection,whichwasdesignedsothatdigitalrightscan
beimplemented.Digitalrightsareintendedtosupportthecontrolleddistribution
offilestoawideaudience.
ModulePrerequisites
Someknowledgeaboutconfigurationvariables
UnderstandingaboutMicroStationfilefunctions(Open,SaveAs,ReadOnly)
ModuleObjectives
Implementfileprotection
Distinguishbetweendigitalrightsandsigningfiles
Createasignaturehierarchy
Runapplicationssecurely
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Protecting Your Intellectual Property 280 Feb-13
Questions
1 Howcanyoureviewafilesproperties?
2 Whatisencryption?
Answers
1 RightclickonitinWindowsExplorerandselectPropertiesfromthepop
upmenu.
2 Encryptionscramblesdata,makingitimpossibletousethedatauntilitis
unscrambled.
FileProtection
Fileprotectionputsaccesscontrolinsideafile.Thisallowsthepersonwhoadds
protectiontothefile,calledtheauthor,tomaintainadegreeofcontroloverafile,
evenafteritleavestheenvironmentwheretheoriginalisstored.
Asanauthoryoucangrantordenydesignateduserstherightstopublishor
modifyafilescontent,aswellascontrollingaccesstoit.Anauthorcandefine
degreesofaccessibility.
Thefoundationofallfileprotectionisencryption.Encryptionscramblesallofthe
datainaDGNfilesoitisimpossibletousethedataunlessyouunscrambleit.You
cannotunscramblethedatawithoutsupplyingtherequiredpasswordorkey.
Whatsthedifferencebetweendigitalrightsandadigital
signature?
Digitalrightsprotectfilesbygrantingordenyingtherighttodosomething.Copies
offileswhichwillleaveyourorganizationcanbeprotectedwithdigitalrightsto
ensurethatworkisnottamperedwithorcopied.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
RightsasDefinedinMicroStation
Originalsarehandledinternallyandcanbesignedwithadigitalsignatureto
indicateapproval,orserveasasnapshotatprojectmilestones.Digitallysigning,
orstamping,filecontentmakesnoteofitsexactstate.
Alwaysremembertoprotectcopieswithdigitalrightsandsignoriginalswitha
digitalsignature.
RightsasDefinedinMicroStation
Beforeopeningaprotectedfile,MicroStationauthenticatestheuserandapplies
therightsthatwereassigned,allowingonlyspecifiedtoolsandapplicationsto
operateonthefile.Youcandothisusingapasswordorbyrequiringtheuserto
presentadigitalcertificateelectronically.
Note: Digitalrightsshouldbeappliedtocopiesoffilesthatwillleaveyourcontrol.Itis
notrecommendedthatyouprotectoriginalfiles.
Theauthorcontrolswhocanaccessafilescontents,aswellasgrantsordenies
rightstopublishormodifydata.Allcommandsrelatedtoarightthatisnot
grantedaredisabled.Forexample,ifauserdoesnothavetheEditright,fileswill
bereadonly.MicroStationdefinesthefollowingrights.
View:Seecontentsdisplayedonthescreen.SincetheViewrightisthedefault
right,itisnotexplicitlygrantedbytheauthor.Anyuserauthorizedtoaccess
thefilehastherighttoviewit.
Theremainingrightscontroltheusersinteractionwiththecontents.
Print:Printfilecontentstohardcopy.
Edit:Modifyfilecontents.
Export:SelectEdit>CopyorCuttocopyorcutelementstotheclipboard,
selectFile>Export/SaveAstosavethecontentstoadifferentfileorformat,
selectFile>SaveAstosavethecontentstoadifferentnamewithout
encryptionorrestrictions,fencefile,orgenerateaneplot.
Unlimited:Thisrightgrantsallbasicrights,plustheabilitytograntrightsand
authorizeusers.Anyonewithunlimitedrightsfillstheroleoftheauthor,who
canthenassignrightstootherusers.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Enabling File Protection
EnablingFileProtection
Fileprotectionisdisabledbydefault.TheabilitytoprotectfilesinMicroStationis
controlledbytheconfigurationvariableMS_PROTECTION_ENABLE.Completethe
followingexercisetoenablefileprotectionforyourlocalMicroStation
installation.
Exercise:EnableMicroStationfileprotection
Project:Building
3 SelectWorkspace>Configuration.
4 IntheConfigurationdialog,selecttheProtectioncategory.
5 SelecttheEnablefileprotectionvariableandclickEdit.
6 Type1intheNewValuefieldtosetprotectiontobothpasswordand
certificateprotectionandclickOK.
7 Leavethedialogopentofollowalong.
Fileprotectionwillencryptafilesthumbnailimageandfileproperties,aswellas
thefileitself.AstheseitemsareshownbyWindowsExplorer,FileOpendialog,
andtheMicroStationFilePropertiesdialog,youmaywishtohavethem
unencrypted.Or,ifdatacontainedinfilesisextremelysensitiveyoumaywantto
encryptoneorboth.Theyareencryptedbydefault.
SetMS_PROTECTION_NOENCRYPT_THUMBNAILto1 sothethumbnailis
unencrypted.Setitto0 sothethumbnailisencryptedandunavailable.
SetMS_PROTECTION_NOENCRYPT_PROPERTIESto1sofilepropertiesare
unencrypted.Setitto0 sofilepropertiesareencryptedandunavailable.
Note: Leavingthethumbnailandfilepropertiesunencryptedmeansthatanyonecan
seeanimageoftheDGNfileoritsfileproperties,evenifthatpersonhasno
righttoopenthefile.
Exercise:Enablepropertydisplaywhenafileisencrypted
1 ContinuinginBSI300AE101Plan.dgn,intheConfigurationdialog,editthe
DoNOTencryptfilepropertiesvariableto1toleavethefileproperties
unencrypted.
2 Exitthedialogs,acceptingthechanges.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Levelsoffileprotection
Protectioncanbeexecutedbyexcludingunauthorizedusersandalsoby
restrictingrightsforauthorizedusers.
Whenexcludingusers,theauthorprotectsafileandthenauthorizesonly
usersholdingspecificpasswordsordigitalcertificatestoaccessit.
Whenrestrictingusagerightstoauthorizedindividuals,theauthorusesa
certificateorpasswordtorestricttheusersrighttoprint,export,ormodifya
file.Or,theauthormayplaceatimelimitontheusersrighttoaccessthefile.
TheauthorcanalsospecifyanAuthenticationURLasadynamiccheck.
Fileprotectionusingapassword
Whenpasswordprotectionisused,ausermustsupplythecorrectpasswordto
gainaccesstothefile.Passwordprotectingafileisconvenientbecauserecipients
donotneedcertificatesandbecausepasswordsdonothavetoexpire.
Note: Recipientisthetermforanindividualwhowillbereceivingaprotectedfile.
Warning:Makesuretosavepasswords.Iftheyareforgottenthefilewillbeinaccessible.A
technicalsupportanalystcannotdetectthepasswordonafile.
Youwillfirstprotectthisfilebyrestrictingaccesswithonepasswordlicenseand
thenyouwillcreateanotherlicensegrantingcertainrights.
Exercise:Protectafilewithapassword
1 ContinuinginBSI300GroundFloorPlan.dgn,selectFile>SaveAs.
2 IntheSaveAsdialog,moveuptotheBuildingprojectfolder.
3 CreateanewfoldernamedReview.
4 Savethefileinthefolder,keepingthesamefilename.
Note: Rememberthatyouwanttoapplyfileprotectiontocopiesoffiles,not
originals.
5 SelectFile>Protection>Protect.
6 EnabletheWithPasswordradiobuttonand,inthePasswordfieldofthe
Protectdialog,typethepasswordofyourchoice.Theminimumnumberof
charactersisfivebydefault.
Warning:Rememberthepasswordyouselect.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
7 IntheConfirmfield,reenterthepasswordandclickOK.
ThefileisnowprotectedbythepasswordandtheDigitalRightsdialog
appears,listingthedefaultauthorslicense.
Thisisthesimplestmethodofcontrollingaccesstoafile.Whenanyone
attemptstoopenthefile,theywillbepromptedforthepassword.
8 SelectFile>Close.
WhenprotectionisappliedtoafiletheDigitalRightsdialog,containingone
license,appears.Bydefault,MicroStationcreatesthisauthorslicensetoprotect
thefile.Thislicensegrantsunlimitedrights.Noone,includingtheauthor,isable
todeleteormodifythisauthorslicense.Thispreventstheauthorfrom
accidentallybeinglockedoutofthefile,orbeingdeniedtheabilitytoadminister
rights.
Exercise:Testtheprotection
1 IntheFileOpendialog,clickOpen.
2 WhenthePassworddialogappears,supposethatyoudonotknowthe
passwordandclickOK.
AnalertinformsyouthatMicroStationcannotopenthefilebecauseitis
protected.
3 ClickOK.
YoureturntotheFileOpendialog.
4 ClickOpen.
5 TypethepasswordyouassignedandclickOK.
Rightdefinedforthe
recipient
*denotesunlimited,Vview,
Eedit,Xexport,Pprint
Userreceivingtherights
thelicensegrants
Purposeofthelicense
ifonewasspecified
Expirationdate
ifonewasadded
AuthenticationURLif
onewasadded
Datelicense
wascreated
Indicatesthata
certificatehasa
privatekey
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
6 SelectFile>Protection>DigitalRightstoreopentheDigitalRightsdialog.
Youcannowcreateadditionallicensestospecifydifferentrightsfor
differentusers.
Digitalrightsaresomethingthatisgrantedtorecipientsbytheauthor.TheDigital
Rightsdialogiswheretheauthoradds,deletes,orchangesaccesstothe
protectedfile.
Licensetypes
Anauthorcanidentifyrecipientsandauthorizethemusinganycombinationof
thefollowinglicensetypes.
Addaccessforeveryonelicense:
Thisisusedtocreatealicenseusablebyeveryone,withoutcredentials.Itmakes
sensetocreateanEveryonelicensethatonlygrantslimitedrights.Forexample,
creatinganEveryonelicensewithviewonlyrights.UsetheAddaccessfor
everyonetooltoopentheLicensePropertiesdialog.TheRecipientfieldisalready
settoEveryone.ThisEveryonelicensegrantstherighttoView(only)
automatically.
Note: TheEveryonelicenseisnotboundtoapasswordoracertificate.Itcanbeused
byliterallyeveryone.
AddAPasswordlicense:
Anyonewhoknowsthepasswordcanuseapasswordlicense.Usually,theauthor
createsmultiplepasswordsconveyingdifferentrightstothesamefile.Then,the
authorsendspasswordstotheusers.UsetheAddapasswordtooltoopenthe
AddPassworddialog.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
AddRecipientCertificatelicense:
Acertificatebasedlicensecanonlybeusedbyarecipientwhohasacertaindigital
certificate.Theauthorusesacertificateorcertificatefiletocreatealicensethat
canonlybeopenedbyauserwhohasthecorrespondingcertificateonthe
system.UsetheAddarecipientcertificatetooltoopentheAddRecipient
Certificatedialog.
UsingaSmartCard:
Asmartcardisavariationofacertificatebasedlicense.Auserarrangesfora
privatekeycorrespondingtotheirdigitalcertificatetobestoredonatoken,or
smartcard.WhenMicroStationaccessestheprivatekey,theuserisrequiredto
supplythesmartcardtobeauthenticated.
Whenaddinganytypeoflicense,theLicenseProperties,AddRecipientCertificate
andAddPassworddialogssharesimilarfeatures.
TheRecipientfieldidentifiestheuserswhowillbeabletousethelicense.
ThePurposecanhelpyouidentifythepurposeforthelicense.
TheRightscheckboxesareusedtodefinetherightsthatthelicensewillgrant
therecipients.
TheExpiresfieldcanbeusedtospecifyadateonwhichthelicensewillexpire.
Thisdatecanbeusedtoaddanadditionallevelofsecuritytothelicense.
TheURLfieldiswheretheAuthenticationURLisspecifiedifoneistobeused.
Additionalcheckscanbesetupusingaserver,throughanAuthenticationURL.
OneuseforanauthenticationURListomodifyaccesstoafilebyforcingusersto
checkaservereverytimetheyaccessafile.Iftheusercanaccessaspecific
location,theyareauthorized.TheAuthenticationURLcanalsoactasa
notificationwhensomeoneisattemptingtoaccessafile.
TheauthenticationURLcanmodifyanyofthelicensetypeslisted,asthereisa
URLfieldineachofthelicensedialogs.However,itisnotagoodpracticetouse
thisoptionasaprimarymeansofauthenticatingusers.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Addingadditionallicenses
Byaddinglicensestothecurrentfile,youcanallowuserswhodonotknowthe
masterpasswordatleastsomerights.Youcanusepasswordandcertificate
licensesinthesamefile.
Exercise:AddanEveryonelicense
1 Continuingin\Review\BSI300GroundFloorPlan.dgn,clickAddaccessfor
everyoneintheDigitalRightsdialog.
2 IntheLicensePropertiesdialog,typeReviewplaninthePurposefield.
3 EnablethePrintcheckboxandclickOK.
TheEveryonelicenseisaddedtothefile.VandP(ViewandPrint)are
listedintheRightscolumn.
4 CloseDigitalRightsdialog.
Note:DependingontheversionofMicroStationyouareusingyoumayhave
toexitMicroStation,relaunchinHighSecuritymode,andopenthefile.
Ifyoudo,attheendoftheexercise,exitMicroStationagainand
relaunchinregularmode.
5 ClickOpentoreopenthefile.
6 WhenthePassworddialogappears,supposethatyoudonotknowthe
passwordandclickOK.
Thistimethefileopensreadonly,indicatedbytheiconinthestatusbar.
7 ClickontheFilemenutoopenitandnotethatthePrintoptionis
available.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
YoucanseethatexportoptionssuchasSaveAsandExportaredisabled.
NoneoftheFile>Protectoptionsareavailable.However,youcanPrint
thefilebecausetheEveryonelicenseyoucreatedallowsthat.
8 ClickontheFileisProtectediconinthestatusbarandselectAboutDigital
Rightsfromthepopupmenu.
ThedialogshowsinformationabouttheEveryonelicenseusedtogain
accesstothefile.
9 ClickOK.
10 Takeamomenttoreviewthelevelsoffileprotectionforthisfile.
Yourestrictedaccesstoafilewithapasswordandthenaddedan
additionalEveryonelicensegrantingtheviewandprintrights.The
Everyonelicensegivesaccesstothosewhodonotknowthepassword.
However,accessisrestrictedtowhatisgrantedintheEveryonelicense.
Fileprotectionusingacertificate
Protectingwithacertificateisthepreferredmethodbecauseitisthemost
secure.Whenthecertificateisapplied,anauthorslicensewithunlimitedrightsis
created.Theauthorusesacertificateforwhichtheyhavetheprivatekeyto
protectafile.Theythensupplythecorrespondingpublickeytotherecipients.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Howcertificateswork
Beforeusingdigitalcertificates,individualswhoareauthorizedtoprotectyour
digitalpropertymustobtaincertificatesfromacertificateauthority.Acertificate
authorityisatrustedthirdpartythatissuesdigitalcertificates.Digitalcertificates,
ordigitalIDs,makeuseofatechnologycalledpublickeycryptography.Duringthe
initialenrollmentprocessyoursystemcreatestwokeys;onepublic,whichcanbe
distributedandispostedtothecertificateauthoritysrepository,andoneprivate
whichisstoredonyoursystem.Thecertificateauthoritydoesnothaveaccessto
yourprivatekey.Itisgeneratedlocallyonyoursystemandisnevertransmittedto
them.
Onceacertificateisobtained,youcanuseitoverandovertodesignate
recipients.Certificatesyouobtainyourselfareinstalledonthespecificsystem
usedtoobtainthem,andyouholdboththepublicandprivatekeystothese
certificates.
Warning:Theintegrityofyourdigitalcertificatedependsonyourprivatekeybeingcontrolled
exclusivelybyyou.
Thekeypairandencryption
Thedigitalcertificateconsistsofapublickeyandaprivatekey,or,akeypair.
Whilethepublickeyispublished,orgiven,tootherindividuals,thecorresponding
privatekeyiskeptsecret.Datathatisencryptedwithyourpublickeycanonlybe
decryptedwithyourprivatekey.Itmightbehelpfultothinkofapublickeyasa
lockwhichcanonlybeopenedbythecorrespondingprivatekey.
Onceadigitalcertificateisinstalledonyoursystem,youcanexportthepublickey
toafiletogivetootherssothattheycanuseittoencryptinformationforyour
use.Anyinformationprotectedinthismannercanonlybedecryptedbyyou.
Youcanthenexportonlythepublickeytoafileandimportitontoanysystem.
Youcanalsoexportboththepublicandprivatekeystoafileandimportthem
ontoanysystem.Thoughthiscanbedone,rememberthattheintegrityofthe
certificatedependsuponcarefulcontroloftheprivatekey.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
OpenInternetExplorerandselectTools>InternetOptions.ClicktheCertificates
buttonontheContenttab.ThePersonaltablistscertificatestowhichyouhave
theprivatekey.TheOtherPeopletablistscertificatestowhichyouhaveonlythe
publickey.
Protectingafilewithadigitalcertificate
WhencertificateprotectionisenabledinMicroStation,thecertificateProtect
dialogletsyouselectadigitalcertificatewithwhichyouwishtoprotectthefile.
Exercise:Enablepasswordandcertificateprotection
1 Continuingin\Review\BSI300GroundFloorPlan.dgn,openthe
Configurationdialog.
2 SelecttheProtectioncategory.
3 EdittheEnablefileprotectionvariablevalueto1soeitherapasswordor
certificatecanbeused.
4 Exitthedialogs,acceptingthechanges.
5 SelectFile>Close.
Toselectacertificatethatwillensurethatyoualwayshaveunlimitedaccess,use
theChooseCertificateicon.ThisopenstheCertificatesdialogwhichlistsall
certificatesinstalledonyoursystem.TheKeycolumnindicateswhethera
certificatehasaprivatekeyincaseswherethekeyisoptional.
AnexampleworkflowmightbeanEnterpriselevelcertificatewithitspublickey
giventoanentireorganization.Theprivatekeyisonlyheldbyprojectmanagers.
Holdersofthepublickeyhavepermissiontoeditfilessotheycanworkonthe
project.However,onlytheseniorstaffcanprintorexportthefilestopresenttoa
client.
Exercise:Protectingfileswithcertificates
1 Open\dgn\BSI300GI001Sheets.dgn.
2 SelectFile>SaveAsandsavethefiletothe\Reviewfolder.
3 SelectFile>Protection>Protect.
4 InthecertificateProtectdialog,clickChoosecertificate.
Thisdialoglistsalllistscertificatesinstalledonthesystem.TheKeycolumn
indicateswhetheracertificateincludestheprivatekey.
5 ClickCancel.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
UsetheChoosecertificatefileicontoopentheCertificatefilesdialogand
browseforexportedcertificatefiles.Theseareotherindividualsexported
certificates,whichtheyhavesharedwithyou.Youmayusethese
certificatestoencryptfilesthatonlytheholdersofthecorresponding
privatekeyswillthenbeabletoaccess.
Onlyanindividualwhoholdstheprivatekeythatcorrespondstothe
publickeyusedtoprotectafilewillbeabletoaccessit.Thismaybethe
casewithafilethatwillbepassedonforeditsoitisprotectedwithan
editorscertificate.
6 ClickCancel.
Warning:Ifyoutrytoprotectafilewithacertificatesenttoyoubysomeone
else,orwithoneforwhichyoudonothavetheprivatekey,itcould
preventyoufutureaccesstoyourownfile.
Unencryptingfiles
YoucanremovefileprotectionfromfilesbyselectingFile>Protection>Un
protect.YoucanalsoissuethekeyinPROTECTENCRYPTREMOVEtounencrypt
withoutbeingaskedtoconfirmtheaction.
Applicationcompliance
Acompliantapplicationchecksfordigitalrightsanddoesnotperformany
unauthorizedfunctionssuchasprinting,exporting,ormodifyingwhenrestricted
bythedigitalrightsthathavebeengranted.Manyapplications,includingpre
existingapplications,willbecompliantautomaticallysimplybecausetheydonot
performrestrictedfunctions.Otherapplicationsmayhavetobechangedto
becomecompliant.
MicroStationrefusestoloadanyunauthorizedapplicationswhenauserhasless
thanunlimitedrights.Theseareapplicationsthatareunsigned,digitalrights
incompliantandnotsignedbythefilesauthor.Ausercansafelyuseauthorized
applicationsandhasnoaccesstounauthorizedones.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Digital Signatures
DigitalSignatures
Digitalcertificates,ordigitalIDs,bindanidentitytoapairofelectronickeysthat
canbeusedtoencryptdigitalinformation.Youcanusethemtobackadigital
signature.InMicroStation,afilethatissignedcanhavethestateofallitsmodels
andfilelevelinformationcaptured.Ifanychangesaremadetothefilesmodels
ortothefilelevelinformation,thesignatureisinvalidated.Itisthenobviousthat
thefilehasbeenaltered.
Acompanycreatingplansforanewgovernmentfacilitymightrequestthe
requiredlandbasefiles.Beforesendingthefiles,thegovernmentwoulddigitally
signthosefilestoauthenticatetheiridentity.Thecompanycanthentrustthatthis
datacamefromtheofficialsource.Anotherscenarioisthatonceconstruction
plansareapproved,nochangesshouldbemade.Adigitalsignaturecanensure
thatfilesremainunchanged.
Whatisinadigitalsignature?
Whiledigitalrightsaresomethinggrantedbymetoyou;digitalsignaturesprove
thatyouobtainedsomethingfromme.
Adigitalsignatureisrepresentedasasignaturecell,amodelsignature,orafile
signature.
ASignatureCellisacellelementdisplayedinafile.Thecellcontainsonlyacoded
versionofthemodelorfilethatwassignedanditsreferencesiftheoptionto
includethemwasselected.Alsoincludedarethesignerscertificate,thetimeof
signingandanyoptionalinformationspecifiedbythesigner,suchasanexpiration
date,apurposeoralistofthedependentsignaturesifthesignatureispartofa
hierarchy.
AcellsignaturecanapplytosomemodelsinaDGNfile,butdoesnthavetoapply
toallofthem.
AModelSignaturecapturesthestateofthedatainthemodelitissigning.It
capturesthecontentsofallgraphicandnongraphicelements,aswellasmodel
propertiessuchasname,number,typeandunits.Contentsoffilewide,non
graphicdata,suchassharedcelldefinitionsandfonttablesareincluded.The
signaturealsoincludesreferenceattachmentinformationiftheoptiontoinclude
itwasenabledbythesigner.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
DigitalSignatures
AmodelsignaturecanapplytosomemodelsinaDGNfile,butdoesnthaveto
applytoallofthem.Thiscorrespondstotheconceptofsigningeachplotsheetin
aset.
AFileSignaturecapturesthestateofallmodelswithinaDGNfile,plusfilelevel
information.Alsoincludedarecontentsoffilewidenongraphicdatasuchas
fonts,sharedcelldefinitions,etc.Summarypropertiesthatcanbeeditedsuchas
title,subject,category,keywords,comments,author,company,manager,and
applicationarealsoincluded.
Thesharedstatusofthefilethatissetforthedesignhistoryfilesharingfeature
andthefileformat(V8,V7,etc.)arealsoincluded.Referenceattachment
informationisincludediftheoptiontoincludeitwasenabled.Designhistoryis
excludedfromthesignaturesothathistorycanbeusedtomanagesignatures.
Asignatureincludesallelementsinthefileormodel,regardlessofhowmuchof
thedesigncanbeseen.Usingviewcontrols,changingviewattributes,orturning
offlevelswillnotrestrictthescopeofasignature.Allelementswillbesigned,
regardlessofwhethertheyaredisplayed.Allelementswillbesigned,evenifno
viewsareopenandalllevelsareoff.
Warning:DigitalsignaturescreatedwithMicroStationV82004Editionorlaterarenot
backwardcompatiblewithV8.1.Ifyoucreatedigitalsignatureswith2004Edition,
makesureuserswithwhomyouexchangethesedigitalsignaturesarealsousing
it.
MicroStationnowusesanalgorithmforkeygenerationthatisstrongerthanthe
oneusedinthe2004Edition.Althoughbothalgorithmsareindustrystandard,a
fileprotectedusingthedefaultnewkeygenerationalgorithmcannotbeopened
inthe2004Edition.Ifyourequirecompatibilitywiththepreviousedition,youcan
settheconfigurationvariableMS_PROTECTION_V8_COMPATIBILITYtoforce
MicroStationtousetheweakeralgorithm.
Whileworkingwithdigitalsignatures,evensomethingassimpleasexecutingthe
SaveSettingscommandcaninvalidateafilesignatureonceitissigned,becauseit
createsafilelevelchange.IfusersareinthehabitofSavingSettingswhenexiting,
theyshouldnotdosowhenusingdigitalcertificates,oratleastnotwhenusing
Filesignatures.ThismeansthatyoudonotwanttheUserPreferenceSave
SettingsonExitenabledforanyuserswhomaybeworkingthisway.Compress
onExitdoesnotaffectthedigitalsignature.
Note: ThestatusofthesignaturesintheDigitalSignaturesdialogisupdatedwhenthe
fileiswrittento.Aftermakingachange,waitforthediskicontoappearatthe
rightofthestatusbarindicatingthatthefileisbeingupdated.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Digital Signatures
Changesthatwillnotinvalidateadigitalsignature
Thefollowingareexcludedfromamodelsignature,whichisappliedonamodel
bymodelbasis,sochangestotheseareaswillnotinvalidatethesignature.
Thelastmodifiedtimeofeachelement
Anyarchiveflagoneachelement
Themandn(modifiedandnew)propertiesflagsongraphicelements
Asignaturewillexcludeandignoreothersignatures
Referenceattachmentdata,ifthesignaturedoesnotincludereferences
Additionally,thefollowingarenotincludedinaFilesignature,whichappliestoan
entirefile,sochangesintheseareaswillnotinvalidatethesignature:
Filepathandname
Filesize
Theapplicationassociation(OpenWith)
Attributes,suchasreadonlyorhidden
Changeablesummaryproperties,includingrevisionnumber,datelastsaved,
lastsavedby,edittime,security,modifiedtime,andaccessedtime
Securityproperties
Customproperties
MicroStationsessiondata,includinglastuserandcomputertoaccessthefile
Licensesdefinedbyfileprotection
Designhistory
Allcustompropertiesandallnestedpropertysets
Creatingasignaturecelltosignfiles
Digitallysigningamodelorfilecanbeusedtoindicateapprovalofthedesign.
Anotheruserseesthesignatureandusesittoverifythatthedesignhasnotbeen
changedsinceitwassigned.
Howtocreateasignaturecell:
1.Createacelllibrary.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
DigitalSignatures
2.Placetheelementtobeusedasthesignature.Atextelementisanobvious
choiceforasignaturecell,butotherelementsareallowed.
3.UsetheelementtocreateaPointcellinthecelllibrary.Thecelltypemust
bePoint.
4.OpenthecelllibraryyoucreatedasaDGNfile.
5.OpentheModelsdialogandopenthemodelrepresentingthesignaturecell
youcreated.
6.Inthe(Tools>DigitalSignatures,DigitalSignaturesicon)DigitalSignatures
dialog,clicktheAddHiddenModelSignaturetool.Youmustuseahidden
modelsignaturetosignasignaturecell.
7.IntheAddHiddenModelSignaturedialog,clickthemagnifyingglasstothe
rightoftheCertificatefield.
8.SelectthecertificateyouwanttousefromtheCertificatesdialogandclick
OK.ThenentertherestoftheinformationinthedialogandclickOK.The
signatureisaddedtotheDigitalSignaturesdialog.Acheckmarkinthe
Verifiedcolumnindicatesthatthesignaturecellisvalid.
Note:Youcannotplaceasignaturecellifitssignatureisnotverified.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Digital Signatures
9.SelectFile>Closewithoutmakinganyfurtherchanges.Nowyoucanuse
thePlaceSignatureCelltoolfromtheDigitalSignaturestoolboxtoplacethe
cell.
TheDigitalSignaturesdialog
Signaturesthathavebeencreatedarelistedinthebodyofthedialog,alongwith
informationaboutthem.
Exercise:LookattheDigitalSignaturesdialog
1 Open\Review\BSI300GroundFloorPlan.dgn,supplyingthepassword.
2 SelectTools>ToolBoxes,checktheDigitalSignaturescheckbox,andclick
OK.
3 DigitalSignaturestoolbox,clickDigitalSignatures.
TheVerifiedcolumnhasacheckmarkifthesignatureisverified.
Verifiedmeansthatthesigneddataandprerequisitesignatureshave
notchanged.ThereisanXifthesignatureisnotverified.
TheTrustedcolumnindicateswhetherthesignatureisbasedona
certificatethatistrusted.Acertificateistrustedifitwasissuedbya
trustedCAandisnotexpired.Ifthecertificateistrusted,thereisa
checkmark.Otherwise,youseeanexclamationpoint.
TheScopecolumnshowsthesignaturescope.
TheCertificatecolumndisplaysthenameandEmailaddress
associatedwiththecertificateusedforthesignature.
TheSigneristhepersonsigningthefile.Thisdefaultstothecurrent
usersloginnamewhichisusefulifthecertificatenameisdifferent
fromthesignersrealname.
Locationdefaultstothesystemwherethecertificateis.Thiscouldbea
locationcode,buildingname,orotheridentifier.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
DigitalSignatures
Signaturehierarchies
Asignaturecanbemadetodependonothersignaturesbycreatingahierarchy.
Thenewsignaturecertifiesboththefilecontentandtheothersignatures.This
signaturehierarchynotonlycapturessigningorder,butalsorecordswhich
signatureswererequiredbythenewsignature.
Thedependentsignaturewillbeinvalidatedifanyprerequisitesignatureis
deletedorinvalidated.Whenthishappens,thedependentsignatureremains
invalideveniftheprerequisitesignatureisrevalidatedsothatthesigningorderis
preserved.
Signaturehierarchiesandsignedreferences
Supposethatthefiledepictinganentireprojectwassignedoffbytheoriginal
draftsman.ThentheworkonthemodelthatrepresentsPhaseIwasmarkedas
acceptedbytheseniordrafter.Thisphaseoftheprojectwasthenacceptedand
approvedbytheprojectengineer.Contingentuponthevalidityofthesignatures
ofboththeseniordrafterandprojectengineer,thisphasewasfinallyapprovedby
theprojectmanager.Whatwillhappenifthedesignischanged?
Theprojectengineersmodelsignatureincludedreferences.
Ifareferenceismoved,thismodelsignaturewouldbeinvalidatedbecauseit
includedreferences.
Theprojectmanagerssignaturedidnotincludereferences.
But,sinceitisbasedonahierarchythatincludestheprojectengineerssignature,
itwouldalsobeinvalidduetothereferencemove.
References
column
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Digital Signatures
Onlytheseniordrafterscellsignature,whichdidnotincludereferences,isvalid.
Ifyouaddafilesignaturetothefile,itincludestheentirefileincludingmodels,
fileproperties,etc.Youcanseeitwhenyouareinanymodel.
Ifyoudeleteanyelementinthefile,thefilescopesignatureisinvalidated.Butif
youopenanothermodelthatissignedwithamodelscopesignature,that
signaturewillnotbeinvalidated.
Signaturesanddesignhistory
Adigitalsignaturedoesnotincludethecontentsofdesignhistory.Asignature
looksatthecurrentstateofamodelorfile,whiledesignhistoryholdspreviousor
alternatestates.Asignatureisnotinvalidatedwhenchangesarecommittedto
designhistorybecauseacommitdoesnotmodifythestateofthedesign.
Designhistorycanbeusedtorestorebrokensignatures.Whenamodelis
changed,anysignatureattachedtoitbecomesinvalid.Designhistorycanbeused
torestoretheoriginalsignedstateofthedesign.Thiscausesthesignaturetobe
validagainbecausethecontentswererestored.
Designhistorycanalsobeusedtorestoredeletedsignatures.Ifasignatureis
deleted,itcountsasachangetotheDGNfilethatcanbecommittedtodesign
history.Designhistorycanthenbeusedtoundothatchange,restoringthe
signature.Therestoredsignaturewillbeinavalidstateonlyiftherestofthe
designisintheexactstatethatwasoriginallysigned.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Feb-13 299 MicroStation V8i for Advanced Users Assessment
MicroStationV8iforAdvanced
UsersAssessment
Assessmentisoftenequatedwithevaluation,butthetwoconceptsaredifferent.
Assessmentisusedtodeterminewhatanindividualknowsorcando.
Completetheassessmenttoseewhatyouhavegainedfromreviewingthis
moduleorcourse(accesstosurveygizmo.comisnecessary).
Notethatassessmentsareforclassroomorvirtualclassroomlearning,andnotfor
OnDemandlearning.
Questions:
1 InMicroStation,whatareworkingunits?
A.Themeasurementoftheperiodoftimeonespendsworkingona
design.
B.Realworldunitsthatthedesignplaneisconfiguredtouse.
C.TheactualwidthoftheMicroStationapplicationwindow.
2 Howdoworkingunitsaffectcells?
A.Theydeterminethelevelonwhichacellisplacedinadesign.
B.Theydeterminethesizeatwhichacellisplacedinadesign.
C.Theydeterminethenumberofcellsinadesign.
D.Alloftheabove.
3 IntheCellLibrarydialog,whatsettingdetermineswhichcellsthatare
listedinthedialog?
A.TheDisplayAllCellsinPathoption.
B.TheUseSharedCellsoption.
C.TheDisplayoption.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
MicroStation V8i for Advanced Users Assessment 300 Feb-13
4 Howcanusersupdateleveldefinitionssotheymatchalibrarydefinition?
A.Byselectingalltheelementsonalevelandchangingtheirattributes.
B.ByrightclickingthelevelnameintheLevelManagerdialogand
selectingUpdateLevelsfromthepopupmenu.
C.Bychangingthelevelname.
5 Howcanusersdeterminethenameofthefileinwhichaleveldefinitionis
stored?
A.BydisplayingtheFilecolumnintheLevelManagerdialog.
B.UsingthetargettreeintheLevelDisplaydialog.
C.Bothoftheabove.
D.Noneoftheabove.
6 HowdoyouapplyByLevelsymbologytoelementsthatarebeingplaced?
A.Changetheattribute'svalueintheAttributestoolboxtomatchtheones
definedintheLevelManagerdialog.
B.Settheattribute'svaluetoByLevelintheAttributestoolbox.
C.SettheSymbologyoptionintheLevelmanagertoByLevel.
7 Whichofthefollowingisnotatypeofcustomlinestylecomponent?
A.Gap
B.Dash
C.Letter
D.Pointsymbol
E.Compound
8 Whereisthescaleofacustomlinestyleset?
A.IntheScaleFactorfieldinaplacementtools'toolsettings.
B.IntheScaleFactorfieldintheAttributestoolbox.
C.IntheScaleFactorfieldintheLineStylesdialog.
9 Whatisthefirststepwhencreatingtags?
A.Createataglibrary.
B.Createatagset.
C.Createindividualtags.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
10 Whichisnotavalidtagtype?
A.Character
B.Letter
C.Integer
D.Real
11 Whywouldyousupplyadefaulttagvalue?
A.Sothetagwillbeautomaticallyattachedwiththesamevalueeach
time.
B.Sotheuserhastoenterthevalueeachtimetheyplacethetag.
C.Sotheuserhastoconfirmthevalueeachtime.
12 WhatisthepurposeoftheXYZtexttools?
A.Tochangethecaseoftextstrings.
B.Toimport,export,andlabelcoordinatepoints.
C.Tomaketagelementsmorelegible.
13 Ifanelementisdimensionedassociatively,whathappensiftheelement's
sizechanges?
A.Theassociationbetweentheelementandthedimensionisbroken.
B.Thevalueofthedimensionturnsred.
C.Thevalueofthedimensionupdatestoreflectthenewsize.
14 Howcanadescriptionbeaddedtoadimension?
A.Itisnotpossibletoaddadescriptiontoadimension.
B.EnabletheStackedFractionscheckboxontheTexttabofthe
DimensionStylesdialogandthentypeitin.
C.EnabletheShowSecondaryUnitscheckboxontheUnitstabofthe
DimensionStylesdialogandthenuseEditTexttoeditthelower
dimension.
15 Whatisthepurposeofannotationscale?
A.Tomakealltext,dimension,andcellelementsthesamesize.
B.Tomakesuretext,dimension,andcellelementsdon'tchangesize.
C.Tomaketext,dimension,andcellelementsscalealongwithgeometry.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
16 Whatcanbedonetoplacetagsthatrespectannotationscale?
A.Useatextstylethathastheannotationscalelockenabled.
B.Enabletheannotationscalelockinatextplacementtool'stoolsettings.
C.EnabletheannotationscalelockintheLocksmenuthatopensfromthe
statusbar.
D.Alloftheabove.
17 Whatistheextrastepthatmustbedonetomakeacellanannotation
cell?
A.ThemodelcontainingthecellgeometrymusthavetheCanbeplacedas
anannotationcelloptionenabled.
B.Themodelcontainingthecellgeometrymustcontaintext.
C.Themodelcontainingthecellgeometrymustbeadesignmodel.
18 WhatisaSavedView?
A.ThepositionofthegeometryinaMicroStationviewwindow.
B.AnamedviewdefinitionsavedinaDGNfileforlaterrecallorfor
attachingtoanothermodelasareference.
C.Thewayaviewwindowlookswhenareferenceisattached.
19 TrueorFalse:Onemustbeinthefilethatcontainslinksetstoeditthem.
True
False
20 WhatdoescheckingtheUpdateFieldsAutomaticallycheckboxinthe
Modelsdialogdo?
A.Placesafieldthatisacontainerfortextthatisderivedfromanelement,
model,orfileproperty.
B.Allowsanytextfieldstoupdateautomaticallywhenthepropertythey
arebaseduponchanges.
C.Placesafieldinasheet'stitleblock.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
21 InthePrintdialog,howistheinitialprintareadetermined?
A.Iftheactivemodelisasheetmodel,theprintareaisobtainedfrom
that.
B.Iftheactivemodelisnotasheetmodel,theprintareaisobtainedfrom
afenceifpresent.
C.Iftheactivemodelisnotasheetmodelandthere'snofence,thefirst
openviewwindowisused.
D.Alloftheabove.
22 TrueorFalse:WhentheAreaoptionintheGeneralSettingsareaofthe
Printdialogischanged,newview,fence,orsheetparametersareobtained
fromtheMicroStationenvironment.
True
False
23 TrueorFalse:Levelstatesarealwaysautomaticallyupdatedwhenevera
printorpreviewoperationisperformed.
True
False
24 Whatelementtemplatesusedfor?
A.Todefineandstoresetsofelementattributes.
B.Tohelpstandardizeproduction.
C.Tomakesurecustomtoolsinvokethecorrectattributes.
D.Alloftheabove.
25 OpenthefileBSI300I9Interior.dgnintheBuildingproject's\dgn\Designs
folder.HowmanyelementsusetheWallstemplate?
A.0
B.5
C.7
D.156
26 TrueorFalse:Tool,task,andmenucustomizationcanbeperformedonly
infilesthatareconfiguredDGNlibraries.
True
False
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
27 WhatistheroleoftheMS_DGNLIBLISTconfigurationvariable?
A.ItdefinesthepathtoDGNlibrariesinthecurrentuserinterfacefolder.
B.ItdefinesthepathtoDGNlibrariesthatareusedasresourcesduring
thecurrentsession.
C.ItdefinesthepathtoDGNlibrariesthatareusedtostoreworkflow
tasks.
28 Whatisthepathtothedialogboxwheredesignfilesettingsarechosen?
A.Settings>DesignFile
B.Workspace>Preferences
C.File>SaveSettings
D.Workspace>Configuration
29 Whenclosingafile,whatmustyoudotopreservethelayoutonthe
screenexactlythewayyouseeit?
A.SelectClosefromtheFilemenu.
B.SelectSavefromtheFilemenu.
C.SelectSaveSettingsfromtheFilemenu.
D.Noneoftheabove.
30 DoallDGNfilesettingsaffecttheentireDGNfile?
Yes
No
31 TrueorFalse:Changingtheworkingunitsthatareusedinafilechanges
thesizeofgeometryinthefile.
True
False
32 WhatisaDGNlibraryfile?
A.ADGNfilewiththeextension/dgnlib.
B.Afileinwhichyoustorecellgeometry.
C.Afileinwhichyoustorecommonlyuseddefinitionssuchasthosefor
levels,text,etc.
D.Alloftheabove.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
33 Multiplesourcefilescanbemergedintoasingledestinationfileseveral
ways.Whatarethey?
A.ByrunningMergefromthestandardFileOpendialog.
B.FromwithinMicroStation.
C.Fromasystemcommandprompt.
D.Alloftheabove.
34 Youcancopyormovethecontentsofadesignintoanewfileusinga
fence.Whichmethodoverwritesthecontentsofthedestinationfile?
A.Copy/MoveFenceContentstoNewFile.
B.TheFILEFENCEcommand.
35 Whichdialogboxisusedtopurgeemptyandunuseddataresourcesfrom
afile?
A.TheDesignFileSettingsdialogbox.
B.TheDataCleanupdialogbox.
C.TheCompressOptionsdialogbox.
D.ThePreferencesdialogbox.
36 WhichutilitycreatesHTMLfilesthatdisplayMicroStationfeaturesthat
canbeviewedinawebbrowser?
A.EngineeringLinks
B.HTMLAuthor
C.ProjectExplorer
D.DataCleanup
37 Whatarethesourcesofdatafromwhichwebpagescanbecreatedusing
HTMLAuthor?
A.Acelllibrary.
B.Savedviews.
C.MicroStationBASICmacros.
D.Noneoftheabove.
E.Alloftheabove.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
38 Withregardtofileprotection,whoisthe'author'ofafile?
A.Thepersonwhocreatedthefile.
B.Thepersonwhodrewthefile.
C.Thepersonwhoaddsprotectiontothefile.
39 MicroStationdefinesthefollowingrights:
A.View,Print,Edit,Export,Unlimited
B.View,Print,readonly,Export,Unlimited
C.View,Everyone,Print,Edit,Export
40 TrueorFalse:Fileprotectionisenabledbydefault.
True
False
41 TrueorFalse:Passwordprotectionisgoodtousebecause,ifapasswordit
forgotten,itcanbeeasilyreset.
True
False
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
Answers:
1 B.Realworldunitsthatthedesignplaneisconfiguredtouse.
2 B.Theydeterminethesizeatwhichacellisplacedinadesign.
3 A.TheDisplayAllCellsinPathoption.
4 B.ByrightclickingthelevelnameintheLevelManagerdialogand
selectingUpdateLevelsfromthepopupmenu.
5 C.Bothoftheabove.
6 B.Settheattribute'svaluetoByLevelintheAttributestoolbox.
7 C.Letter
8 C.IntheScaleFactorfieldintheLineStylesdialog.
9 B.Createatagset.
10 B.Letter
11 A.Sothetagwillbeautomaticallyattachedwiththesamevalueeach
time.
12 B.Toimport,export,andlabelcoordinatepoints.
13 C.Thevalueofthedimensionupdatestoreflectthenewsize.
14 C.EnabletheShowSecondaryUnitscheckboxontheUnitstabofthe
DimensionStylesdialogandthenuseEditTexttoeditthelower
dimension.
15 C.Tomaketext,dimension,andcellelementsscalealongwithgeometry.
16 D.Alloftheabove.
17 A.ThemodelcontainingthecellgeometrymusthavetheCanbeplacedas
anannotationcelloptionenabled.
18 B.AnamedviewdefinitionsavedinaDGNfileforlaterrecallorfor
attachingtoanothermodelasareference.
19 True.
20 B.Allowsanytextfieldstoupdateautomaticallywhenthepropertythey
arebaseduponchanges.
21 D.Alloftheabove.
22 True.
23 False.Ifaconfigurationfile(.ini)wasloaded,theleveldisplaystateswere
obtainedfromitandarenotoverriddenunlessyouusetheUpdatefrom
viewtool.
D
O

N
O
T

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
E

-

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

f
o
r

S
t
u
d
e
n
t

U
s
e

i
s

P
e
r
m
i
t
t
e
d

C
o
m
p
a
n
y
:

S
H
H

S
p
.
z
.
o
.
o
.

C
l
a
s
s

D
a
t
e
:

1
8
-
M
a
r
-
2
0
1
3
24 D.Alloftheabove.
25 C.7
26 True.
27 B.ItdefinesthepathtoDGNlibrariesthatareusedasresourcesduring
thecurrentsession.
28 A.Settings>DesignFile
29 C.SelectSaveSettingsfromtheFilemenu.
30 No.SomeaffecttheentireDGNfileandsomeaffectindividualmodels.
31 False.Changingtheworkingunitsthatareusedmakesnodifferencetothe
actualsizeofgeometry,onlytothewayitisdisplayed.
32 D.Alloftheabove.
33 D.Alloftheabove.
34 B.TheFILEFENCEcommand.
35 C.TheCompressOptionsdialogbox.
36 B.HTMLAuthor
37 E.Alloftheabove.
38 C.Thepersonwhoaddsprotectiontothefile.
39 A.View,Print,Edit,Export,Unlimited
40 False.YoumustsetMS_PROTECTION_ENABLEtoallowit.
41 False.Iftheyareforgottenthefilewillbeinaccessible.
TaketheOnlineAssessment

MicroStation For Advanced Users

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

MicroStation For Advanced Users

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

D

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi